Home

FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual for Mac

1. 373 VUE D MA o o MEN 373 Columns EE 373 Column Summartes SER aaae eaea e e 373 CGontextclickiog 0 unn aaa E aaan a naaa aaa a a a Aaa aa aaa ae setae aa aaaea EAA 373 CGomponent E E oo oo o E aooaa oan Eoaea 374 Critical P ath E ee e EE 374 Cursor Tracking ASS verreesen EES 375 Dateline ss Een EEN EEN unn EEN 375 Dependent ACHEN E EE EE EE 375 Duraton Sc eegen 375 Early Start or Finish ee eegen 376 Expanded j_ettt ante a N S 376 Expand Collapse AGWOR eoum Irie eener renren EE nann EE EE meee Eeee aaa sete 376 Full Allocation Lime ege 376 Finish EE 376 C Tain EO vunn EE EEN 377 CTET o p PEPEPEPE a A 377 BIL DEEN EE EE 377 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 4 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 UE E 377 t 378 Out Of Ran Qe Days osiinsa dE Edel ieai ae da aep aia des EES dee 378 OVS CULMS oo ae eege ENNER Ze Se ee eege eege ER 378 LOGO eT o K EE 378 LINK AO E 379 LEVIN KS olds dee alte sects ee dee Eed EE See es 379 EE 379 Percent Complete E 379 Percent Usa ge SUBT EE 379 Rlebutes iic cesccrsccsesiienseeetisecatenescoasesscnascieceesecevect seteenea oe pran niriana apaia ria EAE SEENEN AER EA EE 380 Se EE 380 Project HIGrarcniGs tio ccccccs de vaedeeccceiec edt redesecthusac
2. 208 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 15 7 15 8 Applies the resource s effort so that there is a sharp increase of effort towards the middle of the activity s duration with a sharp decrease of effort towards the end of the activity s duration Custom determined by you Lets you determine in what manner a resource s efforts will be applied to an activity Formatting row text in the Resource View Formatting row text in the Resource View Formatting text in resource rows allows you to set the font size style justification and color of text elements in Resource View subrows To format subrow text in resource rows 1 Select the resource row or rows you want to format 2 Double click the Row Number action column of the selected resource row or any one of the multiple selected resource rows The Format Resource Row dialog opens 3 Click the Font tab 4 From the Format Subrow drop down list on top select the text element to which you want to apply font attributes 5 In the Font area set the font size style justification color and line spacing 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Resource Row dialog Note Text in columns is formatted in the Format Column dialog See also Working with resources Formatting rows in the Resource View Formatting rows in the Resource View Formatting resource rows allows you to set the height background color and pattern and bottom line c
3. cccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeseeneseceeeeeneeseeeeneneesseneseeeeeees 97 Changing the fant attributes of LOWS EE eee eee ee ee eeee ener ee aeeeeeeeaeneeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 99 Formatting rowS in the Resource View AEN 100 Formatting SUMMAlrYy Dal cc iccceseciesscesaseecedscevecnssersewndscandecoaenteuedscovectaaanetien dosued ccaveateeedenave 103 AutoPitting raw height sisi cicccccsse EEN egdedee tid eceeecceeueennpanenieeddauevebaasdbtendevenvenpeeddernedueveetdiouds 105 GOING tO UE 106 Columns 106 Working with column eee un EE gt o e o o a aa a a a 106 Schedule View Column Guide RR nnnennsnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnannnnnannne na eenaa AARE o o o o 107 Displaying columns Annne nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnn annene neame ee aea aaa 113 Hiding column EE ooo ai a aaaea aa a aE Aaaa a 115 Moving columns E aaa EEN 116 Locking and unlacki RU mns EE e RER een EEN 117 Using the Column rf een EE 118 Changing the colugfbznaume ee 119 Defining default values SEET REENEN 120 Defining column SEHR ee EES ER KEREN 122 Defining value Lakes Eeer EES 125 Using value ListS rr ces ccceeeroeeeneennens seen en asst N seco 128 Entering and editing hype dk eeeccrececeeenseerecnessecsetoneere 128 Launching ERUR eE E eeeeseeeeeeeee ee RS EEEEERRR KEE ER EEEE ER EEEEERRR KEE ENEE ENNEN 130 Formatting the display of column data cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeee
4. 268 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual The following file formats can be imported in FastTrack Schedule Mac QuickDraw Picture PICT JFIF JPEG Compliant JPG Portage Network Graphics PNG Tagged Image File Format TIF Windows Bitmap BMP QuickTime Image File QTIF Silicon Graphics Image File SGI Targa Image File TrueVision TPIC Photoshop BPS Mac Paint PNTG To add a picture to the timeline 1 From the Insert menu select Picture The Insert Picture dialog opens 2 Select Clipboard if you have previously saved an image to your Clipboard or Select the File option and click the Browse button to navigate to a file 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Insert Picture dialog To add a picture to an image column 1 Insert an image column into your current layout 2 Double click in an image column cell The Open dialog opens 3 In the Open dialog navigate to an image file and select it 4 Click Open to insert the picture into the image field and close the Open dialog Note If the Clipboard option yields no results the item on the Clipboard is not in the correct format See also Exporting a picture Resizing pictures Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Importing and Exporting 269 Moving pictures Formatting pictures 20 3 Exporting data Exporting data You can export ASCII text to a file on disk or the Clipboard This allows you to use activities
5. 7 4 In the Schedule View inserting a new row when the schedule has been sorted or when rows are hidden either by filtering hiding or through the Tools menu can affect your activity outline levels To insert a single row you can also hold down the Command key and click between two rows See also Entering activity names Entering activity and resource names Entering activity and resource names An activity or resource name gives a row its purpose To enter activity names for new activities 1 In the Schedule View click in the first empty cell of the Activity Name column 2 Enter a name for the activity To change the name of an activity 1 In the Schedule View select a value in the Activity Name column 2 Enter a new value To enter resource names for new resources 1 In the Resource View click in the first empty cell of the Resource Name column 2 Enter a name for the resource To change the name of a resource 1 In the Resource View select a value in the Resource Name column 2 Enter a new value See also Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved s FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 7 5 Outlining activities Inserting rows Outlining activities Outlining activities In the Schedule View outlining activities creates a hierarchy of activity levels for instance projects phases activities and subactivities By indenting and outdenting activity names you can c
6. Collapsed Determines at what row height the resource subrow will display when it is collapsed or hidden Page Break After l Sets a page break after the resource you are currently this Row formatting Show Scale Displays the scale for the graph Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Resources and Assignments 211 Show Parent Tree Displays the contents of the Parent Tree column the activity preceded by all of its parents in the Assignments subrow 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Resource Row dialog Notes If you are formatting several rows at once selecting Page Break After this Row will put a page break after each row Clicking the Set as Default button makes the selected settings the default for all new resource rows See also Working with resources 15 9 Formatting graph data in the Resource View Formatting graph data in the Resource View Formatting the appearance of graphs in the Resource View s Percent Usage and Time Usage subrows allows you to customize the look of many aspects of each graph To format graph data in resource rows 1 Select the resource row or rows you want to format 2 Double click the Row Number action column of the selected resource row or any one of the multiple selected resource rows The Format Resource Row dialog opens 3 Click the Graph tab 4 From the Format Subrow drop down list select the graph to which you want to a
7. Dates as they are currently projected accounting for adjustments since the project began Actual Dates as they actually happened also tracked as a percentage complete or work in place What would you like to do See an example of progress tracking Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 158 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 10 2 1 Define Scheduled dates 1 Define Revised dates Define Actual dates amp Complete Display Scheduled Revised and Actual dates on activity bars Progress tracking example Progress tracking example This example tracks the progress of an activity in the design phase of a new product Example Schedule 1 As an example the graphic below represents what a schedule would look like when you first plan the project At this stage the activity bars represent the Scheduled starts and finishes In this example the Scheduled component is the blank bar the Revised component does not display at this time for this bar style and the Actual component will not display until work has begun A EN 4 Actvity Name Start Date er y Panning As 2 Brainstorm M5 3 Research we 4 Budget N13 5 v Development w14 6 Design B14 7 Prototype 319 lg Review 322 Finish Date 315 Revised Start Date ws A8 A8 3 3 EEK 214 wig EC Revised Finish Date 315 March Actual Stat Actual Finish S en Date Date Complete M TiW T F S SiM T W T F S Si
8. From the Format drop down list select Bar Label Select the font name size style and justification for calendar bar labels a fk WN Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Calendar View dialog See also The Calendar View Working in the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View 14 10 Formatting the appearance of gridlines in the Calendar View Formatting the appearance of gridlines in the Calendar View You can change the size and color of the gridlines of the calendar in the Calendar View To set bar labels in the Calendar View 1 In the Calendar View from the Format menu select View The Format Calendar View dialog opens 2 Click the Gridlines tab 3 Use the options described below to format the appearance of gridlines in the Calendar View Define Gridlines Width g Sets the width of each day cell in the calendar Height fi Sets the height of each day cell in the calendar tine Color Determines the color in which calendar gridlines will display Line Size Determines the number of pixels high you would like gridlines in the calendar to display Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 2 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 15 15 1 Separator Line Show When checked this option displays a line separating the TT that are ES in your calendar Line Color Determines the color in which the month separator lines in the i will St Line Size Determines the
9. Note You can choose to export your schedule directly to the iCal application See also Working with iCalendar files Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 27 6 28 28 1 iCalendar Integration 347 Using the Schedule Publish Log Using the Schedule Publish Log Every time you publish a schedule as an iCalendar the transaction is noted in the Schedule Publish Log Data in the log is static but you can clear data and save the log as a text file To clear the Schedule Publish Log 1 From the File menu select iCalendar and choose Publish then choose Publish Log The Schedule Publish Log opens 2 Click Clear Log to erase the logged transactions 3 Click Close to close the Schedule Publish Log To save the Schedule Publish Log 1 From the File menu select iCalendar and choose Publish then choose Publish Log The Schedule Publish Log opens 2 Click Save Log to save the logged transactions as a text file The Save As dialog opens 3 From the Save as type pull down list choose the file type in which you would like to save the log data 4 Navigate to the location to which you would like to save the file 5 Click Save to save the log data 6 Click Close to close the Schedule Publish Log See also Working with iCalendar files MindManager Integration Working with MindManager files Working With MindManager Files You can easily exchange data between FastTrack Schedule and Mi
10. You can add as many pieces of data as you would like to a part of the bar by making multiple selections in the Show Label on Part drop down list They will be separated with the character defined as the List Separator in the Numbers tab of the Preferences dialog They are ordered from top to bottom To erase a label select the data you wish to erase from the Shown Columns table and click Hide Click Hide All to remove all data from the Shown Columns table No bar labels will be displayed In the Schedule View in order for a bar label to be spell checked the activity outline level to which it corresponds must be visible When placed in a label column data stored per bar reflects the current bar position no matter where you might move the bar Label data stored per row however will reflect the row in which the bar is located See also Working with bars and milestones Formatting a bar style Designing a new bar style Editing a bar style Defining activity bar alignment Defining activity bar alignment Defining the alignment of a bar style allows you to fine tune the position of an activity bar relative to the alignment grids You can define the alignment of a bar style from the Schedule Resource and Calendar Views To define the alignment of a bar style 1 Select the bar style for which you want to define the aligned position 2 Click the Format Selected button The Format Bar Style dialog opens Copyright 2010
11. 2 Select the subordinate files you want to update 3 Click Update 4 Click Close to close the Define Consolidation dialog See also Understanding Consolidation Consolidation Work Calendar Conflicts Working with a master file Printing amp Previewing Working with Print Preview Working with Print Preview Print Preview is a separate window in the application that displays the pages of the Schedule Calendar or Resource Views just as they will appear when printed Print Preview is also interactive it allows you to add pictures autotext stamps headers and footers and other information to an overlay layer that does not affect the contents of the Schedule Calendar or Resource Views In addition to displaying printed schedules Print Preview allows you to export an image of the printed page onto the Clipboard or to a file This allows you to then paste this image into another application for use there for instance a page layout application word processor or other presentation application You can also send the file via email to someone for viewing or display on a website Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 220 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 17 2 See also Using Print Preview Using Print Preview Using Print Preview Print Preview allows you to see how each page of a specified View will print before you send it to a printer Headers footers and pictures added to the P
12. 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Contents 5 2 D fIMING ANANGE cicccccisceccesecscncseeseescavevecnccuvece cca veszenceuvsenecesereencaussde ccaverdencauesenscauevecnceureee nde 43 3 Applying a tange EE 44 4 Editing a Langer ites elec teats e d a a aa a a aa ha A dade dentate aa adaa kanaa Eaa iaia 45 5 Deleting KL EE 46 6 Duplicating a E e LEE 46 T The Master Range wiceciceccic sesaciccasesnesecepavves ene cecnecastetecenetieds dopedeenadeoweesdaenctensdetvessdennuuaseoebeacuss 47 d The All Bars Range iiei c cos ci eccctvcecece cde asauran Erien ESA ENEE ctv EE eege ee 49 Chapter 5 Preferences 49 1 Accessing application preferences cccece cece cece ee eee ee eee cece ee ee cee e eee ee eae eeae nnne nnnn nnne nn nenne 49 2 Setting general applicatian preterences cece cece cece ee ee eee e eee eeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeaaeeseeees 51 3 Setting date preferences ENEE 51 4 Setting time preferences cece ell er i i rr ln ern nn ernie seen ereeanneeeeeaeeeeeseaeeeereees 54 5 Setting number preferences EEN ee eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesenseeeesennenees 55 6 Setting editing preierences EEN eee errr seen ee eeeeee ENEE 57 T Setting save preferentes iiaee eeh cess cceccanvee deca aiea EErEE S edd eg 58 8 Setting AutoArchive preferences cecccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeesenseeeeseneneees 59 9 Setting update preierences cece cece eee eee ee ee ee ence ee
13. Actual Dates The dates of an activity which represent when the activity actually began and finished Interrelated with Complete Part of FastTrack Schedule s Scheduled Revised and Actual tracking for monitoring the progress of activities against a planned baseline Arrow tool k Arrow tool The general purpose tool that selects resizes and moves items in all Views When you Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 370 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual want to drag an activity bar this is the tool you need to have selected 30 5 Assignments Assignments Assignments link a resource and all its data to a task or tasks in the schedule The Schedule and Resource Views draw from two different pools of information Assignments act to bridge those two pools of information You can create a schedule full of tasks and you can create numerous resources complete with work calendars and cost data but until you actually assign a resource to a task the Schedule and Resource Views cannot interact See also Working with resources 30 6 Assignment subrow Assignment subrow This subrow displays all activity bars to which this resource has been assigned You can move bars in this subrow and this affects the location of the bar in the Schedule View You can also spot allocate the resourceusage from within this subrow 30 7 Bar Bar Also referred to as Activity Bar It is drawn in the timeline graph to d
14. Adding pictures Formatting items 25 5 7 Formatting pointers Formatting pointers Formatting pointers allows you to select the path of the pointer the pointer line s size color and pattern and the arrowhead s shape size color and pattern To format pointers 1 Double click the pointer you want to format The Format Pointer dialog opens 2 Select from the options described below or 1 select the pointer you want to format 2 From the Format menu select Pointer The Format Pointer dialog opens 3 Select from the options described below PO SC When you set a pointer to go from an item to an activity bar this option allows you to determine to which part of a bar you want the pointer to be attached Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 329 Allows you to determine the width of the pointer line Allows you to determine the color of the pointer line Optimize Hairlines Pattern Allows you to determine the pattern of the pointer s arrowhead Arrowhead Size D Allows you to determine the size of the pointer s arrowhead Path buttons Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Allows you to decide if the path of the pointer is a straight 330 25 6 25 6 1 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Lo line over and up down or up down and over 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the Format Pointer
15. Critical path and bar priority Formatting the display of critical path Showing and hiding critical paths Critical path and bar priority Critical path and bar priority Bar priority is a way of ranking linked bars with identical start dates and times so that you direct the application to highlight the chosen critical path This is the only situation wherein a bar s priority ranking has any affect on the schedule To set a bar priority 1 Double click on an activity bar The Information form opens in the Bars gt Tracking tab 2 In the Priority box enter a number to indicate the specified bar s priority ranking The higher the Priority number the lower the importance of the task A priority of 0 means that that task is the most critical A priority 1 bar is more critical than a priority 2 bar A bar with no priority ranking null the Priority box is empty in the Information form however is less important than a priority 2 bar 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Information form Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 178 11 12 11 13 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Notes You can show the Priority column in the Schedule View by inserting it in a layout The Priority column supports up to 9 decimal places This allows you to add a more critical task to the schedule without needing to renumber every task you have already prioritized To view Priority values with decimal plac
16. Linking Bars 169 slip then all the projects that can only occur when framing is done such as drywall ing plastering and painting will all need to be rescheduled accordingly By linking all these activities in your schedule you save yourself from having to manually change each affected activity Linking in FastTrack Schedule is based on the CPM Critical Path Method project management model and follows the standards therein Use constraints and lag time to control how activity bars and milestones react to changes in the originally scheduled dates and times The Information Form The Bars gt Links tab of the Information form allows you to set and modify important link information You can create links by opening the Information form for a particular bar and then entering information about the predecessor and successor bars to which you want to link that bar Predecessor Bar In the From To relationship that defines a link Type for example From Finish To Start the predecessor bar is the From and the bar whose information you are currently viewing in the Information form is the To So if a link in the Predecessors table is classified as Type Finish to Start the link originates from the Finish point of the predecessor bar Successor Bar In the From To relationship that defines a link Type the successor bar is the To and the bar whose information you are viewing in the Information form is the From So if a link in the
17. See also Working with Schedule and Calendar View filters Working with Resource View filters 18 3 Working with Schedule and Calendar View filters Working with Schedule and Calendar View filters When you create a filter there are three tabs in the Define Filter dialog with which you interact the Options tab theColumn Value Criteria tab and the Date Time Criteria tab Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Filters amp Sorts 237 18 4 Setting filter options Setting filter options In the Options tab of the Define Filter dialog you organize every aspect of a Schedule or Calendar Views D filter In this tab you determine which type of criteria to apply what constitutes a filter matching activity and which outline levels and bars will display when the filter is applied To use the Options tab of the Define Filter dialog Apply Column Value Criteria Date Time Criteria Column Value Criteria AND Date Time Criteria Column Value Criteria OR Date In order to be shown or selected by this filter an activity must meet only the criteria defined in the Column Value Criteria tab In order to be shown or selected by this filter an activity must meet only the criteria defined in the Date Time Criteria tab You are applying the filter criteria you laid out in both the Date Time and Column Value Criteria tabs In order to be shown or selected by this filter an activity mus
18. 25 Converting files between Windows and Macintosh ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetneeeeeeeeeees 26 Converting schedules fram previaus versions ANEREN EREREEEE ER 27 Dragging and dropping fiJGsitee cceeeececcnneeceeeceeeceeecneereeeceeereeecneereeeaeeeeeeecnaeceseceeeeeee EEN 28 Using Context menus E un EE un 29 Navigating in the VIe EES ue cous EE a a 29 Using the Project Lnformation form cece cece eeee cece aa eeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 30 Using the ExpressDate pap up calendar cccccciecceeceeeceee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneees 31 Using the ExpressTiime pop up CloCk 0 cccccccecceeec ENEE RRE REENEN 32 Going to toda y EES ee unenee EE 33 Defining fant attributes bor a selected ite M ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeueeeeeeeneeeeeees 34 Checking for sp lTing rrors EE een 34 Defining find and re place JereeegeEE EE een eecec ccc eececccncereccceeereceneberecess 37 Setting a sche dle ge ee ca erccoceceececcceeecectaneececneneecccnecesccceneesecceeerssfeceers 39 Editing file properties EE EE EE RE AE EE 40 Using XML files with FastTrack Schedule 0cccccceesececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 41 Using MPX files with FastTrack Schedule cccccceseececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeas 42 Ranges 43 Working With ranges nun O eenn ERSN E eE ER EN ENNEN ee 43 Copyright
19. 3 From the available Column Summaries select those you want to display below the column Defining column summaries A column summary can display the total average standard deviation minimum maximum and or count of values currently shown in a column s cells To define column summaries for the column 1 Double click the column heading of the column you want to format The Format Column dialog opens 2 Click the Summaries tab 3 From the available Column Summaries select those you want to display below the column Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Columns 123 Column Summary Operation Standard Deviation Displays standard deviation of all Description Type Number values i l OO M O a a Jl ee mm ee if ae d ae 4a 08 mo a 9 Displays earliest value eS 2 l r e l Maximum Displays latest value Counts the number of values Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 124 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Text and Count Counts the number of values Image Average Displays the total of the percent Complete complete values divided by the number of bars in the summary Displays the percent complete as the total time of completed work divided by the total time the summary bar lasts 4 Format the Label Display of each selected summary type 5 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Column dialog The sum
20. 30 34 Glossary 377 Gantt Gantt chart A type of scheduling tool named for Henry Gantt It displays the starts finishes and duration of activities as activity bars placed along a timeline graph The Schedule View of FastTrack Schedule is a Gantt chart Graph Graph The timeline graph of the schedule displays a graphed window of time along a continuous timeline It contains the activity bars that define the start finish and durations of activities A summary graphs summarize the values currently displayed in columns over a particular period of time A summary graph appears as a row under the timeline graph making it easy to match the summary data to the corresponding time period Six types of summary graphs can be created Total Average Standard Deviation Minimum Maximum and Count as well as cumulative totals and counts There are three types of graphs numeric line graph and histogram These can be displayed in hundreds of different styles Linking Linking Creates a dependency between activity bars When changes are made to one linked activity all other linked activities may also change Milestone Milestones The type of activity which occurs in a single moment of time For instance a deadline is a milestone because it has just a start date and a time it has no duration or finish Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 378 30 35 30 36 30 37 30 38 FastTrack Schedule 10 U
21. Bar Point Border From the Border area select a color pattern and size Part Position Relative From the Offsets area select the horizontal to Bar Style and vertical alignment 5 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Bar Style dialog Notes Depending on which part you choose to edit different formatting options are available in the Parts tab You can also copy over bar styles from the 200 More Bar Styles template available in FastTrack Schedule See also Working with bars and milestones Formatting a bar style Understanding constraints Understanding bar constraints Constraints are the parameters you can assign to activities to control the behavior of bars as your project changes Constraints in FastTrack Schedule are based on the CPM Critical Path Method project management model and follow the CPM standards A constraint categorized as Soft will allow activities in your schedule to begin and end within an elastic window of time until the activity s start or finish comes into conflict with another dependency A constraint categorized as Moderate will not allow activities in your schedule to begin and end before or after the date or time you have specified A constraint categorized as Hard will not allow activities in your schedule to begin or end on any date or time except those which you specified A hard constraint effectively locks your bar finish or start and if the bar is linked bypasses the
22. FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule Documentation Version 10 0 0 by Carol S Williamson AEC Software Inc With FastTrack Schedule 10 the new version of the award winning project manager it s easier than ever to plan and manage your projects Powerful tracking tools and dynamic status reports keep team members in sync costs under control and projects on schedule FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this documentor from the use of programs and source code that may accompanyit In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused direc
23. In the Schedule View moving a row when the schedule has been sorted or when rows are hidden either by filtering hiding or through the Tools menu can affect your activity outline levels You can also change the arrangement of activities and resources using sorts See also Sorting activities and resources 7 11 Showing and hiding rows Showing and hiding rows You can hide and show rows using commands in the Edit menu This allows you to select individual rows to be hidden To show only the selected rows 1 Select the row or rows 2 Control click and choose Hide Unselected Rows from the context menu This leaves visible only the rows that are selected hiding all other rows To hide rows 1 Select the row or rows 2 From the Edit menu choose Hide Selected or Control click and choose Hide Selected from the context menu This hides all selected rows leaving visible only the rows that are unselected Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 7 12 Note Once you have hidden rows through the menu or with a filter you can show them all again by restoring the rows This shows all hidden rows and rearranges them so that they resume their original Master Sort order From the Edit menu select Unhide Restoring does not necessarily return your View to the same appearance it had before you hid rows If you have made changes that affect the order of activities or resources these changes cannot be res
24. The Format Legend dialog opens 2 Format the legend 3 Click OK to save the legend and close the Format Legend dialog See also Formatting a legend Moving legends Formatting legends Formatting legends Formatting a legend defines the title bar styles labels font attributes border background and options for the selected legend To open the Format Legend dialog in the Schedule View and in the Print Preview window of the Schedule or Resource View 1 Click the legend to select it 2 Click the Format Selected button on the toolbar The Format Legend dialog opens To format a legend 1 Click the Display tab of the Format Legend dialog 2 Enter a name in the Title box and select the Show checkbox if you want it displayed at the top of the legend 3 Select a cell in the Bar Style column of the table and from the Bar Style drop down list select a bar Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 25 7 3 Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 337 style The selected bar style appears in that cell 4 Select a cell in the Label column of the table and name the bar style appropriately 5 To change the font attributes of the text or title use the options in the Font tab 6 To change the border or background use the options in the Border tab 7 Click the Options tab 8 In the Clipping area select None or Containing Row None will display the whole legend and Containing Row will hide the parts
25. column A calculation can consist of any legal combination of column references text strings numbers functions and operators For example the following calculation could be used to return a value for a calculation column you name Profit if you assume a profit margin of 4 cents on the dollar Cost 1 04 Profit In this example the Cost 1 column is a numeric column Each time values are assigned to the Cost 1 column FastTrack Schedule multiplies that value by 04 and displays the result in a calculation column you have named Profit The result of a calculation is referred to as the return value All of the values required as input to the calculation must be present for FastTrack Schedule to evaluate the calculation If one of the values required for the calculation does not exist when the calculation is evaluated FastTrack Schedule does not assign a value to the calculation The value of the calculation column is empty null until the missing value is supplied See also What are the elements of a calculation Defining a calculation column What are the elements of a calculation What are the elements of a calculation Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 312 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual A calculation can contain the following elements Text String d The final date is IP Combination of The final date is DateToText Finish Date elements These elements can be co
26. filter including 237 clipart 330 clock 32 code 138 WBS 138 collapsing activities 86 88 colors bars 148 border of items 320 331 gridlines 290 non work in timeline 259 text boxes 324 Column Map 118 column summaries 122 373 column value filter 240 columns 113 115 116 119 122 125 131 132 133 135 139 188 313 314 adding 113 deleting 115 displaying 113 duplicating 113 headings 136 hiding 115 inserting 113 locking 117 moving 116 naming 119 resizing 139 140 showing 113 140 unlocking 117 Comparison Operators 361 complete 162 components 164 Consolidating files 214 Consolidation Work Calandar Conflicts Conflicts 216 Consolidation 216 Work Calendar 216 constraints 151 153 context clicking 373 context menus 373 converting files 26 Converting previous versions 27 creating creating dependencies 168 dependencies 168 filters 240 linking bars 168 resource work calendar 203 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved creating resources 202 critical path 176 178 374 critical path and priority 177 currency preferences 66 cursor tracking 375 D data display 196 198 Data Exchange 347 Date and Time Functions 359 date stamp 222 date time filter 242 Dateline 80 375 dates 51 155 display in columns 144 145 display in timescale rows 281 global format of 51 resetting actual 166 resetting revised 167 timeline graph 71 default bar style alignment 156 date formats Di numb
27. 1 Select the rows that you want resized to the same height 2 Resize one of the rows as described above Notes In the Schedule and Resource Views rows have two heights when expanded usual and when collapsed To set either expand or collapse the row and then resize the row You can also resize rows in the Format Row and Format Resource Row dialogs each of which you can open by double clicking in a row s Row Number action column Size changes made in the Format Resource Row dialog affect the subrows only Percent Usage Allocated Time Usage and Assignments The selected size is used for all three subrows In the Schedule View AutoFit can automatically enlarge or reduce row height to fit text as you enter it See also AutoFitting row height 7 10 Moving rows Moving rows Moving rows up or down in the schedule allows you to change the order in which you view activities and resources To move a row 1 Click in the Row Number action column and select the row you want to move Once you have selected a row the cursor changes to the Move cursor 2 Click and drag the selected row up or down To move multiple activities in an outline level 1 In the Schedule View collapse the subactivities of an outlined activity 2 Drag the collapsed activity as described above Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 92 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 Expand the activity again Notes
28. Bar Labels or Gridlines tab to format the appearance of that element of the calendar 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Calendar View dialog What would you like to do B Format the display of the calendar I Set the Calendar View range 21 Format the display of text 2 Format the display of bars Format the display of bar labels 21 Format the display of bar label text Format the appearance of gridlines Formatting the display of the calendar in the Calendar View Formatting the display of the calendar in the Calendar View You can format the calendar title the Cell Header style and the shading of each element of the Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 196 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual calendar in the Display tab of the Format Calendar View dialog To format the display of the calendar in the Calendar View 1 In the Calendar View from the Format menu select View The Format Calendar View opens 2 Click the Display tab 3 From the Calendar Title Format drop down list select the title format you would like to appear at the top of the calendar 4 From the Cell Header Style drop down list select the style in which you would like the Cell Header to appear 5 From the Shading drop down list select the calendar element you wish to shade 6 Use the Fill Color and Fill Pattern controls to format the display of the shading on the selected element 7 Click OK to a
29. Successors table is classified as Finish to Start the link extends to the Start point of the successor bar The labels predecessor and successor have nothing to do with a bar location in the timeline or its dates The terms relate only to the From To direction that defines a link Type Below is an explanation of each column in the Predecessors and Successors tables located in the Bars gt Links tab of the Information form Click the icon to open the Information form for the D or successor bar Enter or edit the row number of the predecessor or O bar tut Enter or edit the Bar ID of a bar you want to be linked from predecessor or link to successor Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 170 11 3 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Activity View the activity name of the predecessor or successor Name bar When you have entered a Bar ID and or Row number the name of the activity is filled in Once it appears in the cell you can edit the activity name of a predecessor or successor bar Type Select the origin and destination of the link FastTrack Schedule supports Finish to Start Finish to Finish Start to Start and Start to Finish links Lead Lag Enter or edit the lead or lag time for this link This is the number of duration units that this link can move or slip before the constraint parameters you have set for the linked tasks are affected Link Displays the duration of the link in durat
30. The All Bars Range Duplicating a range Duplicating a range Ranges can be duplicated in the Ranges dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 4 7 To duplicate a range 1 From the Project menu select Timeline Ranges and choose Define The Ranges dialog opens 2 Select the range you wish to duplicate 3 Click the Duplicate button The Define Range dialog opens 4 Edit the new range 5 Click OK to save the new range and close the Define Range dialog 6 Click OK to close the Ranges dialog and apply the currently selected range or Click Close to close the Ranges dialog without applying a range See also Applying a range Defining a range Editing a range Deleting a range The Master Range The All Bars Range The MasterRange The Master Range The Master Range is designed to give you a quick way to return your file to a user defined default range Each file has a unique Master Range When you apply the Master Range it is applied to every View in the current file It can be changed at any time in any View to change the data shown in the schedule timeline or calendar The Master Range is initially set to consist of the dates shown in a file s Timeline Range when the file is Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 4 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual first opened Once you explicitly define the Master Range as a specific set of dates it will remain define
31. The Calendar View The Calendar View displays information from the Schedule View in the traditional look of a wall calendar This allows you to view time vertically rather than horizontally as you do in the Schedule and Resource Views You can view and print completely customizable calendars that can be filtered to display only those activities you want to see You can also create a calendar of any number of contiguous weeks In the Calendar View you can draw bars move bars hide bars filter activities to view only those bars you want to see edit Scheduled Revised and Actual dates and times apply ranges and FastSteps and print the calendar in current monthly and custom configurations Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 372 30 14 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 20 21 EN 23 24 25 26 L E See also The Schedule View The Resource View Chaining Chaining The process of adjusting activity dates so that there are no overlaps or lead lag time between the activities starts and finishes Chaining creates a tight schedule by setting activities start dates to the previous bar s finish dates Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 30 15 30 16 30 17 30 18 30 19 Glossary 373 Chart Chart Another word for the Timeline Graph which displays the activity bars in a schedule Also FastTrack Schedul
32. To unpublish a schedule as an iCalendar 1 From the File menu select iCalendar and choose Unpublish The Unpublish iCalendar dialog opens 2 Select the Publish Name of the iCalendar file in the table 3 Click the Unpublish Selected button Clicking the Unpublish All button will select and unpublish every iCalendar in the table 4 Click Close to close the Unpublish iCalendar dialog See also Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 345 346 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Working with iCalendar files 27 4 Importing iCalendar files Importing iCalendar files You can import an iCalendar ics file into your open schedule To import an iCalendar file 1 From the File menu select Import and choose iCalendar ics file The Open dialog opens 2 Navigate to the iCalendar file you want to import and select it 3 Click Open to close the Open dialog and import the iCalendar file See also Working with iCalendar files 27 5 Exporting data as an iCalendar Exporting data as an iCalendar file You can export your open schedule as an iCalendar ics file To export an iCalendar file 1 From the File menu select Export and choose Data as iCalendar The Export iCalendar dialog opens 2 Click Export The Save dialog opens 3 Choose the name and location to which you want to save the exported ics file 4 Click Save to close the Save dialog and export your open schedule data to an iCalendar file
33. click the downward facing triangular handle next to the activity or resource subrow you want to expand or 1 Select the row or subrow you want to expand 2 Control click the Row Number action column and select Expand from the context menu or 1 From the Project menu select Outline and choose Expand All from the submenu This expands all subactivities 0 r Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 9 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 7 9 1 In the Outline control on the Format toolbar click the Expand All button This expands all subactivities Note In the Schedule View when activities are collapsed their Expand Collapse triangular handle turns to the right and their Activity Name is followed by an ellipsis See also Outlining activities Expanding activities Formatting summary bars Resizing rows Resizing rows Resizing a row changes its height To resize a row 1 In the Row Number action column position the cursor over the row s horizontal bottom gridline 2 Drag the gridline up or down to adjust the row height or 1 In the columns position the cursor over the row s horizontal bottom gridline 2 Drag the gridline up or down to adjust the row height This method only works when you have chosen to resize rows in Data and Action Columns in the Editing tab of the Preferences dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved To resize multiple rows
34. current week the current month or a custom span of dates 5 Choose to apply the range to only the Current View or All Views 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Define Range dialog 7 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Ranges dialog or Click Close if you do not want to apply the selected range at this time The range is saved for future use Note Dates entered in the Timeline Range control are temporary and are not saved in the Ranges dialog until you follow the steps described above to define them as a saved range or Master Range See also Applying a range Editing a range Deleting a range Duplicating a range The Master Range The All Bars Range Applying a range Applying a range When you apply a range the timeline and or calendar adjusts to display only the dates defined by the range To apply a range 1 On the toolbar click the Ranges button and select the name of the desired range from the drop down list Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 4 4 0 r From the Project menu select Timeline Ranges and choose the named of the desired range from the submenu See also Defining a range Editing a range Deleting a range Duplicating a range The Master Range The All Bars Range Editing a range Editing a range Ranges can be adjusted in the Define Range dialog To edit a range 1 From the Project menu select Timeline Ranges and choose Define fro
35. days weeks months quarters and years To change the range of dates in the timeline 1 In the Timeline Range control on the Format bar enter a date in the Start box and the Finish box to determine the range of time you will view or In the Duration box enter the number of timeline units you would like to appear in the timeline relative to the Start Date or From the Project menu select Timeline Ranges and choose Set Range Notes You only have to enter a Start Date and Finish Date or a Start Date and Duration Activity bars items assigned bars and usage graphs positioned before or after the timeline range are not deleted just not in vew You can still see these items by setting a new range that encompasses Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 6 2 them See also Changing the timeline units Working with ranges Changing the timeline units Changing the timeline units In the Schedule and Resource View changing the timeline s units allows you to see the timeline in hours days weeks months quarters or years For instance if the timeline is in timeline units of Weeks there will be one timeline column for every week If you want to view the timeline graph in more detail you could change the timeline s units to Days each timeline column would then represent one day To change the timeline units 1 In either the Schedule or Resource
36. no bars will Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved wm FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 2 2 2 2 1 appear in the Resource View e00 5 ice ee SC DEE Lg keen eg 8 aon e ge F a A Ss Dei K P BE CG BH Be y z Is FB MD MERN OS U ann SEB BO eat BR ab May June ei fa es Resource Name Resource Image Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Monday 6 H Maria Alanadia e Percent Work Usage 0 100 4 v Hourly Work Usage Ss e 00h 80h gt Assignments 0 00h 80h Zane Lee v Percent Work Usage D g 2 y Hourly Work Usage Or O75h gt Assignments aa eT 0 00h O75h Jenny Jones v Percent Work Usage 3 o 140 e Hourly Work Usage eee a 7 D E lt i gt The Resource View allows you to track many resources in one window with colorful and dynamic bar graphs You can collapse and expand the subrows to display only the information you need to see You can easily determine when a resource has been over allocated or when it is available to be assigned more hours You can also spot allocate resources See also The Schedule View The Calendar View Action Columns Action Columns Action Columns FastTrack ScheduleAction Columns simplify working with activities and resources The Action Columns can be displayed to the left of the columns in the Schedule and Resource Views They simplify operations performed on rows subrows
37. w a Percentage of a resource s time used Number 1 50 Customizable to display numerical values Text columns WO ee Activity Name l Project tasks activities Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual f iCal Outlook event attendees i iCal Outlook event location Attendees Location Notes Text 1 100 Time columns Column Name Actual Finish Time Actual Start Time Baseline Finish Time 1 10 Baseline Start Time 1 10 Constraint Time Early Finish Time Early Start Time Finish Time Finish Time 1 10 Late Finish Time Late Start Time Revised Finish Time Revised Start Time Start Time When text is entered a notes indicator appears in the Information Form action column i Customizable to display text data Gef a ees eege p i Time to be used with constraint type and date Earliest time on Early Finish Date activity can finish Earliest time on Early Start Date activity can start i Originally estimated finish time Scheduled d Formatted to display time Latest time on Late Finish Date an activity can finish before project finish date is affected Latest time on Late Start Date an activity can start before project finish date is affected r Revision to activity s scheduled finish time l Revision to activity s scheduled start time d Originally estimated start time Scheduled Copyright 2010 AEC Software I
38. you simply select the sequence name from the FastSteps choice list when you are ready to run it Notes By selecting the Pause command you can add a pause to your script This will pause the FastStep and bring up a dialog displaying a message you define Then in the Pause dialog you can click the Resume button to start the FastSteps script where it left off or you can click the Stop button to abort the sequence all together Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 26 3 FastSteps 341 FastSteps can be referenced called by other FastSteps and used in Visual Basic and AppleScripts See also Editing an existing FastSteps sequence What areFastSteps Editing an existing FastSteps sequence Editing an existing FastSteps sequence An existing FastSteps sequence can easily be altered to suit your changing needs To edit an existing FastSteps sequence 1 5 6 Click the FastSteps button and choose Define from the choice list The FastSteps dialog opens From the table select the FastSteps sequence you would like to edit Click the Edit button The Define FastSteps dialog opens lf necessary click in the FastStep Name box to edit the title of the FastSteps sequence Click the Add and Remove buttons to alter the commands in the FastStep table Drag commands up and down in the FastStep table to change the order in which the commands occur 7 8 Click OK to apply y
39. 1 From the Project menu select Outline and choose Collapse All from the submenu This collapses all subactivities or 1 In the Outline control on the Format toolbar click the Collapse All button This collapses all subactivities Notes Collapsible activities have subactivities indented beneath them Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Collapsible activities are the only ones with an Expand Collapse triangular handle in the Action Column When activities are collapsed their Expand Collapse triangular handle turns to the right In the Schedule View their Activity Name is followed by an ellipsis Operations performed on a collapsed outline level affect all collapsed subactivities beneath it For instance if you move or delete a collapsed activity you move or delete all of its collapsed subactivities See also Outlining activities Expanding activities Formatting summary bars 7 8 Expanding activities and resource subrows Expanding activities and resource subrows Expanding activities rolls down collapsed activities allowing you to see all of the level s subactivities It makes all of the information in the subactivities visible Expanding subrows rolls down collapsed subrows allowing you to see all of the resource row s subrows It makes all of the information in the subrows visible To expand an activity outline level or resource subrow 1 In the Expand Collapse action column
40. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 f F e Panning ing 3s ans ys ne oOo ang 100 ln R ai it e eee P Brainstorm ap a ap am ap am 100 Jee ls Research EX a2 wo a aa aia 100 en la Budget 313 DO 3s a6 315 316 100 r 5 v Development 34 322 315 23 315 30 ns lt lt lt lt P Design a4 ang an ag ams Sos emm 7 Prototype ang ETI an 322 3 20 20 p 8 Review 422 322 323 3 23 O s Schedule 4 The last schedule shows that all activities have been completed Their bars show the difference between their Scheduled and Revised dates March S GER Activity Name Start Date Finish Date eee een actae Dett aaa ie Compete m tiwiti Fis simi tr witiels simitiwitie 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 23 22 23 P y Planning Am 315 Am 316 HO 316 100 SS OS aD LL 1 2 Brainstorm 35 aT 35 aT 35 A 100 a Ia Research Ei ED 39 33 Am 313 100 la Budget ED wis ED a6 315 an 100 P y Development a4 322 345 323 DD 323 100 ot 6 Design aia 36 As wig wis aig 100 wm e 7 Prototype ang OU 3 20 3 22 420 322 100 wm ls Revew 322 322 323 323 323 a23 100 oe See also Defining Scheduled dates Defining Revised dates Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 160 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Defining Actual dates amp Complete Displaying on activity bars 10 3 Defining Scheduled dates Defining scheduled dates When you draw a
41. 175 Showing and hiding links Showing and hiding links Hiding links hides the lines between dependent activities but retains the same linked behavior This allows you to view or print a less complicated looking schedule You can only hide or show links in the Schedule View To hide or show links 1 From the View menu select Links When links are displayed a check mark appears in the menu See also Linking bars Unlinking bars Designing links Formatting links Formatting links Designing links allows you to customize the appearance of links to fit personal styles or standards put forth by your company or organization To design links 1 In the Schedule View from the Format menu select Link The Format Link dialog opens 2 Select from the options described below Change Select a style from the Shape list under Arrows arrowhead 4 Change line Select a line from the Size list thickness Change the Select a new pattern and color for the line and the pattern and color arrowhead from the lists Change the link Select from diagonal out and down or down and out Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 176 11 10 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Optimize the Select Optimize Hairline appearance of lines when printing with a high resolution printer 3 Click OK to change your link style and close the Format Link dialog Note It is a good idea to design links and Critic
42. 195 Full Allocation Line 376 Function Reference 355 e Gantt Chart 71 72 Go To Row 106 Goingtobar 147 Going to today 33 graph 71 72 75 299 384 graphics 224 323 330 graphing 305 graphs 302 305 309 384 gridlines 199 285 grids 290 97 135 100 208 208 211 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved footers 221 H headers 221 legends 335 links 172 hardware and software requirements 368 headers 221 heading 119 132 136 139 height rows 90 summary graph rows 309 timescale rows 287 pictures 224 330 pointers 327 rows 84 stamps 222 summary graph rows 299 300 text boxes 224 323 timescale rows 283 hiding Action Columns 140 WES 13 alignment grid 288 intemet 273 columns 115 188 intranet 2 3 links 175 item 79 320 331 non work units 259 selected rows 92 248 L summary graphs 299 timescale areas 282 labels hierarchy 86 138 bars 198 histogram 305 summary graphs 307 HTML 273 launching File URL 130 hyperlinks 128 130 layouts 113 115 116 188 192 Legend Object 378 legends 335 338 line graph 305 iCalendar 344 345 346 linking bars 172 173 174 175 import monitor 263 links 172 173 174 175 379 importing 330 Hess KS data 263 logking pictures 267 goumns T Importing iCalendar files 346 g eal Functions i Importing MindManager Files 348 indenting 86 M Information Form Activity tab 180 managing links 168 Bars tab 184 master filles 212
43. 217 creating 180 184 MasterRange 47 deleting 180 184 metadata 40 modifying 180 184 milestone 143 144 145 opening 179 MindManager 347 renaming 180 184 MindMap 347 Information Form Action Column 141 moving inserting 86 bars 144 columns 113 columns 116 ExpressDate 31 legends 337 ExpressTime 32 pictures 335 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 3 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual moving rows 91 summary graphs 308 text boxes 325 timescale rows 287 MPX 42 279 N naming columns 119 Navigating inthe Views 29 nesting activities 86 new bar styles 148 columns 113 point styles 154 rows 84 schedule 24 summary graphs 300 timescale rows 283 non work days 256 257 259 261 386 nudging 349 O opening Print Preview 220 schedule 24 Opening MindManager Files 348 Operator Reference 361 options 49 Out of Range Days 378 outdenting 86 outline level 86 97 135 outlining 86 88 89 overtime 186 201 378 P Page Break Action Column 141 page number stamp 222 Page Options 194 232 parent tree 100 208 password 39 pasting pictures 330 percent complete 122 162 Percent Usage subrow 379 picture alignment 295 picture points 154 pictures 224 233 320 330 331 334 335 point styles 154 pointers 327 328 380 polygon points 154 pop up calendar 31 predecessor bar 168 Preferences 49 51 54 55 presets 125 128 previewing page 220 Print Prevew 220 224 printing a schedule
44. 220 225 226 228 in the Calendar View 193 priority in Critical Path 177 privacy 70 progress tracking 157 158 properties 40 Publishing schedules as iCalendar files 345 Q QuickLook balloons 68 QuickRange 22 R range 43 71 ranges 43 71 recalculating 144 145 Release Notes 363 364 365 367 Release notes for version 10 0 1 364 365 367 Release notes for version 10 0 2 363 Release notes for version 10 0 3 363 replacing text 37 resetting actual dates 166 revised dates 167 resizing bars 144 columns 139 legends 338 pictures 334 rows 90 summary graphs vertically 309 text boxes 325 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved resizing timeline graph columns 75 288 timescale rows horizontally 288 timescale rows vertically 287 resource allocation 204 382 Resource Information form 186 201 resource work calendar 203 resources 200 202 restoring 249 255 retrieving a schedule 24 Revised dates 161 167 rolling up activities 88 Row Number Action Column 141 381 rows 82 84 227 234 adding 984 autofitting height 105 collapsing 88 expanding 89 filtering 247 font attributes 99 formatting 94 hiding 92 248 inserting 84 moving 91 outlining 86 97 resizing 90 selecting 381 showing 92 248 sorting 234 summarizing 103 S save preferences 58 saving a schedule 25 saving a schedule as 25 schedule range 43 71 Schedule View 16 Scheduled dates 160 scrolling 117 selecting rows 83 sendi
45. 5 1 Reference Information 361 Operator Reference Operator Reference Operators Symbols that determine which operation to perform on the calculation elements lt gt lt gt lt gt and or not Each operator has a precedence which determines the order in which expressions are evaluated in a calculation that contains more than one operator FastTrack Schedule evaluates operators from left to right and performs multiplication and division before addition and subtraction You can change the precedence by enclosing the expression you want calculated first in parentheses Mathematical Text Comparison Logical Comparison Operators Comparison Operators Comparison Operators Comparison operators compare two expressions and return either true or false Sometimes called a Boolean expression Arithmetically a result of true equals 1 and a result of false equals 0 Py Equal to 38 38 returns true True when both items Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 362 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual az a7 a ia ks Not equal to gt Greater than 19 gt 1 returns true True when the value on the left is greater than the value on the right 38 lt gt 39 returns True when both items true are not equal lt 5 lt 6 returns true True when the value on the left is less than the value on the right True when the value on Greater than or 19 gt 1 returns true equal
46. AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 10 10 1 Activity Bars amp Milestones 157 3 Click the Alignment tab 4 Using the check boxes select which elements of the bar will snap to the alignment grids 5 If you want to change the position of the bar relative to the alignment grid enter horizontal and vertical offset values 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Bar Style dialog Notes As you make your changes notice how it affects the bar in the Example window relative to the alignment grids Existing bars will not automatically snap to the revised alignment settings You must select the existing bars from the Tools menu select Arrange and choose Align from the submenu Choosing both Start Point and End Point can change the duration of the activity fit between alignment grids See also Working with bars and milestones Formatting a bar style Using alignment grids Progress Tracking Scheduled Revised and Actual dates Scheduled Revised and Actual dates You would usually change the dates of an activity by dragging that activity s bar Some situations and some companies require a way of tracking these changes This is called progress tracking At all times FastTrack Schedule automatically tracks the progress of activities as three sets of dates Scheduled Dates that reflect when your schedule was originally planned also called the baseline or promised dates Revised
47. All rights reserved Information Forms 187 Per Use Cost Enter a dollar amount that is charged every time this resource is assigned to a task Think of this as a flat fee paid to use this resource If this resource is assigned to several tasks in the project the dollar amount you enter here will be factored into the Total Cost of each task Standard Enter a dollar amount that is calculated per hour day week Rate month quarter or year in relation to the task s duration The default rate is per hour Overtime Enter a dollar amount that is calculated per hour day week Rate month quarter or year when the resource works overtime Entering a 0 means the resource will receive NO overtime pay leaving this blank means the resource s Overtime Rate is equal to the Standard Rate Type Enter a descriptive word to categorize the resource For example you might just enter Human if it is a person or you may want to be more specific and enter something like Software Developer This value is for your reference only and does not affect the data in any way Think about how you ge like to use A information in filters and sorts Initials Code Enter data in these fields to assist you in filtering and sorting EE TT d E information Additional Use the additional options to enter detailed contact data for Resource the resource options Using the Work Calendar tab of the Resource Information form Create a work calendar specifi
48. Bar Style dialog and the Display tab of the Format Item dialog There are different alignment grid options available depending upon your base Timeline unit For example you can set the alignment grid to minute increments if your base Timeline unit is Days or you can set the alignment grid to daily increments if your base Timeline unit is Weeks See also Defining activity bar alignment Defining text box alignment Defining picture alignment Aligning items to grids Snapping items to grids Using alignment grids Defining activity bar alignment Defining activity bar alignment Defining the alignment of a bar style allows you to fine tune the position of an activity bar relative to the alignment grids You can define the alignment of a bar style from the Schedule Resource and Calendar Views To define the alignment of a bar style 1 In the Bar Styles Toolbar select the bar style for which you want to define the aligned position 2 From the Format menu select Bar Styles The Format Bar Style dialog opens 3 Click the Alignment tab 4 Using the check boxes select which elements of the bar will snap to the alignment grids 5 If you want to change the position of the bar relative to the alignment grid enter horizontal and vertical offset values 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Bar Style dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 22 5 Alignment Grids 293 Notes As you
49. Duration constant and therefore the bar must lengthen or shorten to account for the hidden periods of time This helps to avoid scheduling activities during non work periods To set the day on which a typical week begins or ends 1 In the Schedule View from the Format menu select Schedule View The Format Schedule View dialog opens In the Display tab deselect the Use the Application Preferences for Weeks Timeline option Use the Typical Week options to determine on which day a typical week Starts or Ends Select the day from the drop down list Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Schedule View To set the hour display in the timeline Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 19 4 Work Calendars 261 1 In the Schedule View from the Format menu select Schedule View The Format Schedule View dialog opens 2 In the Display tab select Hours from the Timeline Units drop down list 3 Set the Hour Display Start time and the Hour Display End time 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Schedule View Note Hour Display options are only available when you choose Hours from the Timeline Units pull down list See also Defining the Work Calendar Dragging bars using the Work Calendar Using the Work Calendar Calculating durations in work units Calculating durations in work units Calculating durations in work units shows you exactly how many work hours
50. Format Row dialog opens Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 228 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 17 9 3 In the Display tab select the Page Break After this Row checkbox 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Row dialog To break a page ata specific resource row 1 If it is displayed click in the Page Break action column of the desired row or 1 Select the desired row and from the Insert menu select Page Break or 1 In the Resource View select the row that you want to be the last on a printed page 2 From the Format menu select Rows and choose Rows The Format Resource Row dialog opens 3 In the Display tab select the Page Break After this Row option 4 Click OK to apply the page break and close the Format Resource Row dialog Note You can also define that no partial rows broken rows are printed at the bottom of the page by selecting the Break Page at Rows option in the Page Options dialog of the Schedule View or Resource View See also Using Print Preview Printing the Calendar View Setting the Calendar View page options Printing a schedule Printing a schedule Printing a schedule outputs your schedule to a printer creating a hard copy Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Printing amp Previewing ER To print a schedule 1 From the File menu select Print If you are connected to a printer this will print the schedule
51. Formatting a bar style Setting bar constraints Showing data columns 9 12 Setting bar constraints Setting bar constraints Constraints are the parameters you can assign to activities to control how much or how little slippage you will allow in their Start Dates and Times To set constraints on an activity 1 Double click on the activity bar or milestone The Information form opens to the Bars gt Tracking tab 2 From the Constraint Type drop down list select the desired constraint type or 1 Insert the Constraint Type Constraint Date and if needed Constraint Time columns into your schedule 2 Enter the appropriate data into the Constraint Date and or Constraint Time column 3 Click in the Constraint Type column and use the drop down indicator to select the desired constraint type See also Working with bars and milestones Formatting a bar style Understanding constraints Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 154 9 13 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Showing data columns Creating custom point styles Creating custom point styles Designing new point styles allows you to customize the appearance of your bar styles New point styles can be either polygons shapes similar to the pre defined styles or pictures images you paste from the Clipboard To design a new polygon point 1 Open the Format Bar Style dialog for the bar style to which you want to add custom points From the Par
52. In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Numbers tab 3 Select from the options described below Decimal Point i Defines the character used for the decimal point Thousands Separator Defines the character used for separating items in a list for instance multiple data displayed on a bar Currency Symbol Defines the character used as the currency symbol Prefix and Suffix before or after the number Reset to System Defaults to the number preferences set in your operating Default system 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Preferences See also Application preferences Setting document preferences 5 6 Setting editing preferences Setting editing preferences Editing preferences allows you to control the behavior of tools resizing of rows tracking of items and high resolution printing options To set editing preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Editing tab 3 Select from the options described below Sticky Tools Select this option to allow double clicking a tool in the Tools control box to cause that tool to stay selected for repeated use SOX lt _ lt ee Action Column Only Allows resizing of row height only in the Action Columns This helps avoid acc
53. Inc All rights reserved Schedule Files 3 15 Defining find and replace text Defining find and replace text You can search for and replace text using the Find Replace dialog For instance you could look for all occurrences of the word Begin and replace them with Start To use the Find Replace dialog 1 From the Edit menu select Find Replace The Find Replace dialog opens 2 In the Find What box enter the text for which you would like to search 3 In the Replace With box enter the text that will replace the selected Find text 4 From the Find When Cell Text Box drop down list select one of the following Part of the cell equals Contains Find text Start of the cell equals Starts With Find text End of the cell equals Ends With Find text Find text Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 5 Select from the check boxes below Find if in upper or Ignore Case lower case Find if part of a word i Whole Word not selected Find if standing alone i Whole Word selected Continue from the end Wrap Around of the schedule Search in Data Cells column only Search selected Search text boxes Search in Text Boxes 6 Click Find Next to begin the search and close the Find Replace dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Schedule Files Notes Selected Columns Only is only available when you select a column head
54. M TIW T 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 0 0 0 0 Kc 0 Kc En mm mt Ce e EEN Schedule 2 Now some of the start dates have slipped and the Revised bar element now displays e 2 cal Activity Name Start Date 4 v Planning ys 2 Brainstorm WS 3 Research 28 4 Budget a3 5 wy Development EA 6 Design EA H Prototype 319 8 Rewew 322 Finish Date Start Date 315 aT A2 Revised WS Ap A9 315 315 315 3 20 423 Revised Finish Date 316 March Anal Som omg enh Complete m tiwitiFelsisimitiwitlels simitiw tle 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0 Li GA TTT a Se E eo Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Progress Tracking 15 Schedule 3 Now take a look at the schedule since work has begun We have completed the first three activities as shown by the red Actual fill pattern We can also see that activity 2 Research was completed on time the Scheduled Revised and Actual dates are all the same We have also completed 50 of the Design activity as shown by the red Actual fill in half of the Revised bar Notice that links always connect the Revised elements of activity bars March Lal Revised Revised Actual Start Actual Finish GE Activity Name Start Date Finish Date zen nate Finish Date Date Date Complete M Tiwi TIF SSIM T WITIF S SMIT WTF 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 13 14 15 16
55. PM rather than 8 AM 5 PM you would need to change the default setting from 8 00 hours to 7 00 hours assuming a 1 hour lunch break Hours per week Determines how many work hours there are in a Standard work calendar s typical work week If your company considers Saturday a work day then you would want to adjust the default Hours per week total to reflect that Days per month Determines how many work days there are ina Standard work calendar s typical work month Lead Lag Calendars Lets you choose which work calendar the lead lag time of linked activities will use to determine a bar s behavor Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Preferences Fixed durations Sets newly created activity bars to have a set or fixed duration Ignore resource When there is a conflict between the activity s calendar and the assigned resource s calendar this will ignore the resource s calendar and base the total work possible on the calendar indicated in that activity s Information form Apply effort driven When a resource is assigned to an activity the activity s duration is determined by the amount of effort applied to that activity This is the default behavior You can set individual activities to be Fixed Duration by selecting that option in the activity s Information form 4 Click OK to close the Document Preferences dialog and apply your preferences See also Document preferences
56. SEENEN ENEE cadens 267 Lee a FN r iso edie eee sted E E E 269 Exporting data as HTM i reisden ccc cede cites cen ececieseteneacdescccdsveceedeteascccsscetes setts Ena Einara ia iasa 273 Exporting data as a Microsoft Project XML De ENEE 276 Exporting a POLCHUIe 2 ec cee cece cece eee eens REENEN cane eee ee eenean 277 Using MPX with FastTrack S Chedulle ccicccececccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeset ltneeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeees 279 Timescales 280 Working with timescale Low seeeeREEREESEEEEREEEENEEEEENEENEEEEENEEENNEEEeN ENEE EEN 280 Formatting timescale row xx 281 Showing hiding and mirraring timescale ANCAS cccceeeeeeeeeeee RRE 282 Inserting new time SQHRBRTOWS SEENEN 283 Formatting time sca ROW unter AER 284 Formatting timescale row oridlinesg a recess co eeeecQuecceeeccnsercceercoeees 285 Changing the font attributes of timescale LOWS 6cccccceeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaueeeeseaneeeees 286 Moving timescale TOM aae EENS reenen 287 Changing the height of timescale OWS s sssssesesnenrernnnnnnnttunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnn nnne 287 Changing the width of timescale amp time lime COLUMNS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 288 Alignment Grids 288 Showing and hiding the alignment Gri 0cccccceeee cece eeee cree ee eeeeeeee ee eeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaneeeees 288 Using alignment grids Eege ENNEN 289 Defining alignment OO EN
57. See also Using Print Preview Printing the Calendar View Setting the Calendar View page options 17 10 Choosing Page Options Choosing Page Options Choosing page options allows you to fine tune the form margins and display of the printed schedule The Calendar View has a unique Page Options dialog to which the procedures detailed below do not apply To select Page Options for the Schedule View or Resource View 1 From the File menu choose Page Options The Page Options dialog opens 2 Select from the options described below Print pages normally From the Format drop down list select Standard Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 230 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Print a Wall Chart From the Format drop down list select Wall Chart Tiled Fit to a specific number of From the Format drop down list select Fit to pages Alignment Align on the printed page Pages Width From the Alignment area choose Left Center or Right Offset from page edge Enter Top Left Right and Bottom margins Standard Options Print the pages in reverse Select Print Back to Front order Select Print Row Numbers Allow only full rows Select Break Page at Rows Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Printing amp Previewing 231 and then fill the last page with blank rows UNLESS the number of rows needed to fill the last page exceeds the maximum
58. Setting application preferences Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved ER FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 5 12 Setting general document preferences Setting general document preferences You can choose to set bar and range behavior in the open document To set general preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the General tab 3 Select from the options described below Change Settings on All Bars Leave settings on all bars unchanged Change settings on all bars Fixed Duration settings Leaves the Fixed Duration Effort Driven Scheduling and Ignore Resource Calendar setting on all bars unchanged Allows you to determine which settings will be changed and to what new setting they will be changed when you make a change to all of the bars in the schedule Lets you choose how to change the settings of all bars currently designated as Fixed Duration You can choose to leave those bars unchanged make Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Preferences Effort Driven Scheduling settings Ignore Resource Calendar settings Restore All Leave Range unchanged after Restore All Apply Range after Restore All every bar in the document Fixed Duration or make no bars in the document Fixed Duration Lets you choose how to change the settin
59. The Page Options dialog opens 2 From the Format drop down list choose Wall Chart Tiled 3 Use the options that appear to define a border around the schedule 4 Click OK to create the wall chart and close the Page Options dialog To view the wall chart 1 From the File menu select Print Preview 2 To view the wall chart as it will look when pieced together select the All Pages checkbox from the Page Map Toolbar To piece together the wall chart Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Printing amp Previewing 227 1 Print all pages of the wall chart 2 Cut the right and bottom edge off of each page except the pages that form the right and bottom of the Wall Chart 3 Tape together seams Hint Cut the pages flush to the very edge of the printing See also Using Print Preview Printing the Calendar View Setting the Calendar View page options 17 8 Breaking printed pages at rows Breaking printed pages at rows In the Schedule and Resource Views breaking the printed page at a row allows you to determine where the pages break and which row is the last on the page To break a page ata specific row 1 If it is displayed click in the Page Break action column of the desired row or 1 Select the desired row and from the Insert menu select Page Break or 1 In the Schedule View select the row that you want to be the last on a printed page 2 From the Format menu select Row The
60. To insert the WBS column 1 Click on the column heading to the left of which you want to insert a column 2 From the Insert menu select Column The Insert Column dialog opens 3 From the Insert Column table select WBS 4 Click OK to create the new column and close the Insert Column dialog To set codes for the WBS column 1 From the Project menu select WBS The Work Breakdown Structure dialog opens 2 If you wish in the WBS Code Prefix box enter text to precede each WBS code 3 In the Sequence column next to outline level 1 select the type of characters for the WBS code 4 In the Length column select or type the maximum number of characters in the WBS code for outline level 1 You will receive an alert message if the number of characters exceeds this amount 5 In the Separator column select the character that separates the code in one outline level from the Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 8 21 Columns 139 code in the next outline level 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Work Breakdown Structure dialog Note Like all other columns properties for the WBS column can be set in the Format Column dialog You can also access the Work Breakdown Structure dialog by clicking the Format WBS button in the Display tab of the Format Column dialog See also Working with columns Displaying columns Changing the width of columns Changing the width of columns Changing the widt
61. Tracking and choose Reset Revised from the submenu Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 168 11 11 1 11 2 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Notes If the Revised component of the bar style is currently visible in the schedule but the Show Revised Only if Different than Scheduled option is selected in the Format Bar Style dialog resetting the Revised dates will hide the Revised component Applying Reset Revised to a bar resets the Actual and Revised dates and times to the Scheduled dates and times The complete is returned to zero See also Scheduled Revised and Actual dates Resetting actual dates Linking Bars Linking Linking activities Linking two activity bars creates a dependency whereby if the dates of one activity change all dependent activities dates change accordingly What would you like to do 21 Manage links 21 Define types of links I Link activity bars l Drag linked bars I Unlink bars Show or hide links I Format the appearance of links Managing links Managing links Linking is a means of controlling how changes to the dates and times of one activity impact the scheduling of other activities in your schedule To link is to create dependencies between activities in your schedule For example if you were scheduling a construction project and a key activity such as framing were to Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved
62. View from the Format menu select View The Format Schedule Resource View dialog opens 2 In the Display tab click the drop down list under Timeline Units and select a new unit 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the dialog See also Changing the timeline graph range Changing resource duration units Changing schedule duration units Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 6 3 The Timeline Changing the schedule duration units Changing the schedule duration units FastTrack Schedule allows you to view duration in different units of time This allows you to view the length of an activity bar in calendar or work hours days weeks months quarters or years For instance if the schedule shows durations in units of Weeks and you want to see durations in units of Days instead you can use the Document Preferences dialog to change the duration units Your changes affect values in all Duration columns Scheduled Duration Revised Duration and Actual Duration Calendar units are based on a 24 hours a day 7 days a week model which allows you to schedule tasks anywhere within those parameters An activity lasting one calendar day has a duration of 24 hours 12 AM to 12 Midnight An activity lasting one work day has an 8 hour duration 8 AM to 5 PM or the length of time you have defined for a work day in the Work Calendar To view durations in a different unit of time 1 In the FastTrack Schedule m
63. and all new cells in the column or Click Apply to Unformatted Cells and Set as Default to apply the selected font attributes to just those cells whose font attributes you have not specifically changed and any new cells in the column Specifically formatted cells are those which you have formatted somewhere other than the Format Column dialog For instance if you have changed a cell using the Font Toolbar Font Extras Toolbar or Font dialog these cells are considered formatted and would not change if you selected Apply to Unformatted Cells and Set as Default Formatted cells will only change if you select the Apply to All Cells in Column and Set as Default option 5 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Column dialog Note Collapsed rows do not have to be visible for column font styles to be applied to them See also Working with columns Changing font attributes of column_headings Formatting columns by outline level Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 8 18 Columns 135 Formatting font styles by outline level Formatting font styles by outline level Font attributes can also be set by outline level For instance you can apply a larger font to activities in the Activity Name column that are in outline level 1 than to activities in the Activity Name column that are in outline level 2 To change the font attributes of columns by outline level 1 Double click on the column heading o
64. and edit the activity name from this window Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 12 3 Information Forms Notes si Enter or edit any notes you have about this activity EE Allows you to select which custom columns will display Column Name moje Displays the names of any columns whose data is stored per row Column Value Displays the values of any columns whose data is stored per row If you have defined a value list for a column that value list will appear when you click in the Value cell 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Information form See also Opening Information forms Entering and editing data in the Bars tab of the Information form Working in the Bars tab of the Information form Working in the Bars tab of the Information form In the Bars tab of the Information form you can view and edit the following data This option peee Joes O Displays the Bar ID of the bar whose information form you IL E e Hidden Indicates whether or not there is a lock on the bar thus fixing it into place on the timeline graph and preventing start finish and duration data from being edited Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 181 182 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Bar X of X When there is more than one activity bar or milestone in a row the number of that bar in relation to all the bars in that row is displayed e g Bar 1 of 7 You can use the arro
65. and outline levels Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 2 3 2 3 1 The FastTrack Schedule Environment 4 Activity Name 4 e Planning 2 Brainstorm 3 Research 4 Development Row Number Select Row Clicking here selects the row for moving deleting copying cutting formatting and hiding S EI Page Break Clicking here makes the corresponding row the last row on a printed page 8 Information Form Clicking here opens the Information form in the Schedule View and the Resource Information form in the Resource View 4 Expand Collapse Clicking here collapses and expands outline levels in the Schedule View and subrows in the Resource View Toolbars The Tools control The Tools control FastTrack Schedule s Tools control holds six tools Unless a tool is double clicked the default setting for each tool is to revert back to the Arrow tool after use When double clicked a tool is locked down and can be used multiple times r Arrow tool Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved z FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual The general purpose tool that selects moves and resizes items in all Views When you want to drag an activity bar row column or graphic item this is the tool you need to have selected z Bar Tool The Bar Tool draws activity bars in the timeline graph with a default Constrain Type of Start On Or After i Link Bars Tool Lets you
66. appear as a label to the right of the timeline graph 4 If you wish to display the contents of the left label in the right label select the Mirror Labels checkbox 5 Select the Show Labels checkbox in the table to display the labels in the summary graph row 6 Choose from the Label Options area that appears below 7 Click OK to save your changes and close the Format Summary Graphs dialog Note The label area of summary graphs is determined by the left and right locked columns as set in the Define Layout dialog You must have a column locked on either side of the timeline to display the labels See also Using Layouts Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 308 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 23 10 Changing the font attributes of summary graph rows 23 11 Changing the font attributes of summary graph rows Changing the font size style and color of summary graph rows allows you to customize their appearance To change the font attributes of a summary graph row 1 Click the action column area next to the desired summary graph row or rows to select them 2 Use the font options available on the lower toolbar to format the summary graph or Ctrl click and choose Font from the shortcut menu or From the Format menu select Fonts and use the available controls to format the font attributes Note If you make a change that increases the size of the text in the summary graph row the info
67. as reports and presentations or display it on a web page as a simple graphic You can determine exactly how the page is exported using the Export as Picture dialog When you select Export Picture from within the Print Preview window the document or portions thereof that appears on the currently selected page is exported When you select Export Picture from outside of the Print Preview window the entire View regardless of pages is exported The file types are JPEG JFIF Compliant JPG Portage Network Graphics PNG Portable Document Format PDF To export the page of the specified View asa picture 1 In the Schedule Resource or Calendar Views from the File menu select Print Preview 2 From the File menu select Export and choose Picture from the submenu The Export as Picture dialog opens 3 Choose to export the picture to the Clipboard or a File If necessary use the Browse button to navigate to a file on disk and choose the file name location and on Windows what type of file to save as 4 To export just the schedule resource or calendar portion of the current page select Export Document Only or To export the schedule resource or calendar portion the text boxes and graphics and the image of Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 234 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual the paper on the current page select Export Document and Paper or To export the schedule resource or cale
68. bar with the Bar tool or enter data in Start Finish or Duration columns you are entering the Scheduled dates The label Scheduled is omitted from the columns so as not to confuse novice users To define Scheduled dates by drawing 1 In the Schedule or Calendar Views in the Tools controls select the Bar tool 2 In the Bar Styles list select the bar style cell that contains the desired style for the bar 3 Position the cursor in the timeline or calendar where you want the bar to begin 4 Clicking and holding the mouse button down drag to the right or left and then release your mouse If you want to draw multiple bars double click the Bar Tool to lock it down To define Scheduled dates by typing 1 In the Schedule View enter values in the activity s Duration Start Date Start Time Finish Date Finish Time columns See also Defining Revised dates Defining Actual dates amp Complete Displaying on activity bars Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 10 4 Progress Tracking 161 Defining Revised dates Defining revised dates Defining an activity s Revised dates updates the currently projected start finish and or duration of the activity For instance if changes to earlier activities will force the activity to slip starting and ending later these changes can be made to Revised dates This leaves the Scheduled dates as they were originally planned allowing you to see the difference
69. between the original schedule and the currently projected schedule You can always define a task s Revised dates from the Schedule and Calendar Views If a task has been assigned to a resource you can also revise its dates from the Resource View To define Revised dates by dragging 1 In the Schedule or Calendar Views in the Tools controls select the Revise tool 2 Click a position in the bar whose Revised dates you want to enter or edit and holding the left mouse button down drag to the right or left and release your mouse If you want to draw multiple bars double click the Revise Tool to lock it down To define Revised dates by typing 1 If not already displayed show the Revised date time and or duration columns using layouts or the Insert Column dialog 2 Enter values in the activity s Revised Start Date Revised Start Time Revised Finish Date Revised Finish Time or Revised Duration columns or Click in the Information Form action column select the Bars gt Columns tab and enter values in the Revised Date Time and Duration boxes Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 162 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Notes The Revised dates are automatically entered when you enter Scheduled dates Until there are changes the Revised currently projected dates are the same as the Scheduled original dates The display of the Revised data on the bar is defined by the format of the bar style
70. calendar with the same cell Calendar dimensions as those currently being displayed in the Calendar View pages break at natural points of division never mid cell printed Cates D Current Start Prints a calendar consisting of the days currently shown in the Finish QuickRange Toolbar Defined Range Prints a calendar consisting of the days included in a previously defined Range Select this range from the drop down list Prints a calendar consisting of the ranges of dates specified in the Start Date and Finish Date boxes Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 14 4 14 5 The Calendar View 195 Allows you to determine the number of inches from the top bottom right and left of the printed page to set the calendar Allows you to determine where along the horizontal and vertical axes of the printed page the calendar will sit 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Calendar View Page Options dialog See also The Calendar View Working in the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View Each display element of the calendar can be customized in the Format Calendar View dialog To format the display of the Calendar View 1 In the Calendar View from the Format menu select View or Control click in any cell of the calendar and select Format Calendar The Format Calendar View opens 2 Click the Display Range Font Bars
71. column summaries you may have defined Schedule View only Places quotes around values This helps when exporting data that contains tabs commas or carriage returns that might otherwise be interpreted as column and row separators 5 Click OK to save your export options and close the Export Data dialog Note It is sometimes helpful to view the exported information in a word processing application or spreadsheet before using it in a database This allows you to see the exact order of the columns and how they are separated See also Exporting data as HTML Exporting data as a Microsoft Project XML file Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 20 4 Importing and Exporting 273 Exporting data as a picture Exporting data as an MPX file Importing data Exporting data as HTML Exporting data as HTML The Exporting as HTML option exports data to a file on disk or the Clipboard where it can then be interpreted by Internet or web browsers This allows you to view activity data as a table on the Internet or an intranet To export data from the Schedule or Resource Views 1 Decide what types information you want to export and then position your layout accordingly 2 Decide what activities or resources you want to export and then hide show collapse expand and position rows accordingly 3 From the File menu select Export and choose Data as HTML The Export Data dialog opens 4 Select fro
72. component if the Revised component is displayed See also Defining Scheduled dates Defining Revised dates Displaying on activity bars 10 6 Displaying Scheduled Revised Actual bars Displaying scheduled revised and actual bars You can define how each bar style displays the Scheduled Revised and Actual components This gives you an almost infinite amount of ways to track progress on the activities in your schedule You can edit the display of bar styles from the Schedule Resource and Calendar Views To open the Format Bar Style dialog 1 From the Bar Style drop down list choose Define The Format Bar Style dialog opens or 1 Select a bar in your schedule 2 Click Format Selected The Format Bar Style dialog opens To design the Scheduled component of a bar this is the basic bar component 1 From the Type drop down list choose to design a Bar to track start finish and duration or a Milestone to track a single date like a deadline 2 From the Component drop down list select Scheduled Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Progress Tracking 165 3 In the Parts tab choose from the available options To design the Revised component of a bar 1 From the Type drop down list choose to design a Bar to track start finish and duration or a Milestone to track a single date like a deadline 2 From the Component drop down list select Revised 3 Select from the Componen
73. cost of all activities per week To show and hide summary graphs 1 In the Schedule view select the Layouts image and choose Define from the choice list The Layouts dialog opens with the current layout selected 2 Select the name of the layout you wish to change 3 Click the Edit button 4 In the Define Layout dialog click the Summary Graphs tab Any summary graphs you have created appear in the Available Rows table 5 From the Available Rows or Shown Rows table select the summary graph you wish to hide or show 6 Click the Hide or Show button to select if the summary graph should be displayed 7 Click OK to save the layout and close the Define Layout dialog 8 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Layouts dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 300 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Note When you show a summary graph row it defaults to displaying the total Scheduled Duration per week You can change the information in summary graph rows by formatting them The Format Summary Graphs dialog opens when you double click inside of a summary graph row See also Inserting new summary graph rows Formatting summary graph rows 23 2 Inserting new summary graph rows Inserting new summary graph rows Inserting a new summary graph row adds another row to the summary graph below the timeline graph You can define multiple rows each displaying a different summary or unit of time To inser
74. defined dependency if that dependency conflicts with its specified start or finish Constraint Behavior name Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 152 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual As Soon As Possible As ee As Late Start On Or After Start On Or Finish On Or After Git The activity is scheduled to begin at the earliest possible moment taking into account other scheduled activities There is no specified Constraint Date however the Project Start Date often acts as the Constraint Date This is the default constraint type when bars are created by entering the Duration taking into account other scheduled activities There is no specified Constraint Date The activity is scheduled to begin no earlier than on the Constraint Date you specify If necessary it may begin later This is the default constraint for new activities that are entered by drawing bars The activity is scheduled to begin no later than on the Constraint Date you specify If necessary it may begin earlier The activity is scheduled to end no earlier than on the Constraint Date you specify If necessary it may end later a The activity is scheduled to end no later than on the Constraint Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Activity Bars amp Milestones 153 The activity will only end on the specified Constraint Date See also Working with bars and milestones
75. department may have blue activities bars while another department s activity bars are red Color coding is one of the most common uses of bar styles however other elements of a bar style that you can customize include endpoints fill patterns and outline patterns Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 318 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual The elements of a legend are the title bar styles labels for bar styles border lines shadowing and attributes A bar style can be applied to one or several activities You can apply a different bar style to each task if it suits your purposes Legends can show all of the bars styles used in a schedule or just the ones you want to include For example you may want to include only the bar styles for key activities You can also define multiple legends Each line in a legend represents a single component of a Scheduled Revised or Actual bar style Thus to show all three components of the bar style would require three lines in the legend You can show all three components of a bar style or just the components you want to include For example if your schedule does not use Revised or Actual components there is no need to display the bar style for those components in the legend If you redefine a bar style that is displayed in the legend the legend is automatically updated to reflect the changes If you delete a bar style from the Bars Styles Toolbar any bars
76. dialog Notes Remember that as you add data too many summaries in one row can lead to confusion In the Format Summary Graphs dialog the Data to Summarize column drop down list contains two parts The first 12 selections represent the Scheduled Revised and Actual information for a bar Options below those 12 are columns which you have created that store their information per bar Only columns which store values per bar can be summarized in a summary graph row See also Formatting summary graph rows Choosing units for summary graph rows Choosing a summary operation Formatting the display of summary graph rows 23 7 Choosing summary operations for summary graphs Choosing summary operations for summary graph rows Choosing a summary operation for a summary graph row defines which of the following operations the row displays the total average standard deviation minimum maximum or count of activity bar values Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 23 8 Summary Graphs 305 A cumulative summary is calculated in the same manner as a non cumulative summary however the result of each column is added to previous columns thus the values accumulate from time period to time period To select a summary operation for a summary graph row 1 Double click within the timeline graph of the summary graph row you want to format The Format Summary Graphs dialog opens 2 From the Summary Operation drop
77. dialog See also Adding pointers to items Adding text boxes Adding pictures Formatting items Pictures Adding pictures Adding pictures Inserting pictures into the Schedule View timeline or Print Preview window allows you to customize your schedule with photos company logos clip art and other images You can also add image columns to the Schedule View of your schedule The following file formats can be imported in FastTrack Schedule JPEG JFIF Compliant JPG Portage Network Graphics PNG Portable Document Format PDF To add a picture to the timeline 1 From the Insert menu select Picture The Insert Picture dialog opens 2 Select Clipboard if you have previously saved an image to your Clipboard or Select the File option and click the Browse button to navigate to a file Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 331 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Insert Picture dialog To add a picture to an image column 1 Insert an image column into your current layout 2 Double click in an image column cell The Open dialog opens 3 In the Open dialog navigate to an image file and select it 4 Click Open to insert the picture into the image field and close the Open dialog Note If the Clipboard option yields no results the item on the Clipboard is not in the correct format See also Resizing pictures Moving pictures Formatti
78. down list select an operation 3 If the operation will or can be tallied cumulatively use the Cumulative checkbox to establish whether values before the start of the timeline will be included in the calculation of cumulative summaries 4 If the operation will or can be tallied cumulatively select to include or to ignore values for activities that occur before the schedule start in your summary 5 Click OK to close the Format Summary Graphs dialog Note Some options in the Format Summary Graphs dialog are only available for certain column types See also Formatting summary graph rows Choosing units for summary graph rows Choosing data to summarize Formatting the display of summary graph rows Formatting the display of summary graph rows Formatting the display of summary graph rows Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 306 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Formatting the display of data in a summary graph row defines how the information is displayed You can show data as numeric text a histogram or a line graph You can choose to have one set of summarized data display in more than one way within a single summary graph row You can also choose to have more than one set of summarized data display in the same way or in different ways within a single summary graph row To format the display of data in a summary graph row 1 Double click within the timeline graph of the summary graph row you want t
79. draw links between bars to create dependencies a i Revise Tool Changes the activity s Revised start and or finish dates times and durations Complete Tool Defines the percent complete and Actual start finish and duration of an activity T Text Tool Draws and edits text boxes for use as labels and titles Note Selecting a tool changes the appearance and purpose of the mouse cursor Each tool has its own operations and while a tool is selected clicking and dragging the mouse performs those operations See also The Schedule View The Resource View The Calendar View The Bar Styles control The Views control The Timeline Range Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 2 3 2 2 3 3 The FastTrack Schedule Environment The Bar Styles control The Bar Styles Control The cells of the Bar Styles control contain the bar styles defined for the schedule You can use the Bar Styles group to change the bar style applied to an activity or by selecting Define from the Bar Styles list open the Format Bar Styles dialog where you can design a new bar style or edit an existing bar style Note When you select a new bar style new bars will be drawn in that style and if an activity bar in the timeline graph is selected when you choose a new bar style that bar changes to the newly selected bar style See also The Schedule View The Resource View The Calendar View The Tools The View co
80. elements of a calculation 2ec eee cece eee ee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaubbeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 311 Defining a calculation Column aenn nennen nnana ea erst AERAR oo o a a 313 Entering a calculatton E eeeesEeERESEEENEEERENEEEENSEEN EEN ose 314 Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 316 Working with text boxes pictures and le Gens EAR 316 Bringing items to Troun REESEN EEN een EE EE 319 Sending items to Dat eege EE eee 320 Formatting items E ee EE EES 320 Text Boegen nn EE coo eee seer ce eneecceeeecoerseseeeco EE 323 Adding text Dose A Aanerer enn annan ennenen ennan nennen ananena sorsecs ieaeeeeennee an tees pee nee 323 Edliting text Dog Eeer 324 Resizing text bosseg 325 Moving text hoxes Changing the font attribute s of text DOXOS ceccseceensseeseeeesessseseeeseeesseeseeesseeseesesseesseaseeeseneseesaeeeseneneeseeee 326 Adding pointe rs eg e ee E deco ceeeccecaeconesecenocencecsacencesneesaensaesseceeaenerencereaeercesateanatenapssesses 327 Form atting pDolle EENS 328 Pictures reene ege oc cce cco ance EE Adding PICtures ssscessssscsstrte etree etna eee eS etree PETS TToceree rect vacerscecressnersensessanceessersenssssoeee Formatting items Resizing pictures Moving Pictuces c EES osnes Legende sees ere ue vue EEEEEEEEE See ReEeeee egene ee Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 12 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Chapter 26 1 2 3 4 5 6
81. enter the number of those units to space items on the horizontal alignment grid The smaller the unit between horizontal grid lines the more you can fine tune a bar or item s horizontal placement within the timeline Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Alignment Grids 291 eee ot aaa None Tell the schedule to use no vertical alignment grid Center of Row Set the vertical alignment grid to the middle of each row Number X of Points Set the spacing of the vertical alignment grid to a number of pixels The smaller the number of points between vertical grid lines the more you can fine tune a bar or item s vertical placement within the timeline Set the vertical alignment grid to align with the text you specify Text drop down list Determine the text with which the grid will align vertically 3 Click OK to apply your change and close the Alignment Grid Options dialog Notes To show the vertical alignment grid in the Schedule View from the View menu select Alignment Grid The alignment grid does not print Horizontal grids are defined in units of time instead of pixels to help you position activity bars in the Schedule View timeline and assigned bars in the Resource View timeline Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 22 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 22 4 The exact position of the aligned item is determined in Alignment tab of the Format
82. in relation to an activity row Per Row or in relation to an activity bar Per Bar 5 If you do not want the column to display in the Columns table of the Information Form deselect the Show in Information Form option 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Column dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 120 8 9 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual The new column name appears in the column heading Notes When you change a column name it automatically changes in any layouts filters or sorts you have created To automatically show units in the column headings of the duration columns select the Show Units in Column Name checkbox in the Display tab of the Format Column dialog See also Working with columns Locking columns Defining default values Defining default values When you insert a column you can assign default values to that column These values appear in the column when a new activity a new activity bar or a new resource is created depending upon the format of the column Date time duration image WBS and percent complete columns cannot have default values To assign default values to a column 1 Double click the column heading of the column to which you would like to add default values The Format Column dialog opens 2 Click the Default Values tab 3 Select from the options described below Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights re
83. linked bars Dragging linked bars Dragging linked bars Linking activities throughout the schedule allows you to see how changing one bar will affect the final outcome of the schedule Dragging linked bars moves the selected bar and all bars which are dependent upon it A dependent bar will not move however if moving would conflict with that dependent bar s Constraint Type parameters or if the activity represented by the dependent bar has actually started When you drag a bar moving that bar beyond its Constraint Type parameters will cause the Constraint Type to change to Start On Or After the default Constraint Type To drag a linked activity 1 Click either the linked point or the middle of the bar and drag to the left or right Notes Linking in FastTrack Schedule is based on the CPM Critical Path Method project management model and the behavior of linked bars adheres to that standard You can choose Undo from the Edit menu to undo the bar movement Changing the Revised and Actual dates may change Revised or Actual dates of dependent bars While dragging a linked bar only the selected bar moves Dependent bars if their constraints allow the move move only once you stop dragging the selected bar and release the mouse See also Understanding constraints Tracking Scheduled Revised and Actual dates Linking bars Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 11 8 11 9 Linking Bars
84. number of pixels high you would like month separator lines in the calendar to display 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Calendar View dialog See also The Calendar View Working in the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View Resources and Assignments Working with Resources Working with Resources Tracking who or what is responsible for completing the tasks you are scheduling is one of the most important parts of managing a project Resources are the people or equipment that help you accomplish the tasks in your schedule A resource can be anything from a photocopier to a bulldozer to a Chemical Engineer to Jane Doe Every resource has a finite amount of time it can be used and effort it can exert Every resource also has a cost attached to it whether it is a flat fee a standard rate an overtime rate or any combination thereof Each of these elements can be charted and controlled in the Resource View of FastTrack Schedule What do you want to do I Use the Resource Information form I Create resources Work with Assignments I Assign resources to bars Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 15 2 Resources and Assignments Format rows in the Resource View Format text in the Resource View 2 Format graph data in the Resource View Understanding the Resource Information form Understanding the Resource Information form 201 Use the Resource Information form
85. number of rows set Set the maximum number of Enter a Maximum value blank rows that can be added to the schedule The last page of the schedule will not fill with rows if it exceeds this number Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 232 17 11 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Page Options dialog See also Using Print Preview Printing the Calendar View Setting the Calendar View page options Setting up the page Setting up the page Page Setup defines how the schedule appears on the printed page Your selected printer determines the options in the Page Setup dialog Commonly there are options for orientation paper size and for Postscript printers scaling To use Page Setup 1 From the File menu select Page Setup 2 Select either the portrait vertical or landscape horizontal orientations 3 Select the size of the paper 4 Select special print options 5 Click OK to print the schedule and close the dialog Hint Most schedules print best in landscape horizontal orientation See also Using Print Preview Printing the Calendar View Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 17 12 Printing amp Previewing 233 Setting the Calendar View page options Exporting the page as a picture Exporting the page asa picture Exporting the page image as a picture allows you to use it in other documents such
86. of a summary graph s label cell to select that summary graph row Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 310 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 2 Position the cursor over the top gridline of the selected summary graph row The Resize Cursor will appear 3 Click and drag up or down to change the height of the row See also Changing the width of timescale amp timeline columns 24 Calculations 24 1 Overview of using calculations Overview of using calculations A calculation column is one whose values are based on a calculation Its value cannot be entered directly into a column unlike text and number columns For example if you wanted a column whose value was your profit assuming a margin 4 cents on the dollar you could define a calculation column called Profit which consisted of a Cost column multiplied by 04 If no Cost data entered for an activity there would be no value in that activity s Profit cell The following calculation could be used to return the value described above Cost 1 04 Profit See also What is a calculation What are the elements of a calculation Defining a calculation column Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 24 2 24 3 Calculations 311 Entering a calculation What is a calculation What is a calculation A calculation is an expression that FastTrack Schedule evaluates to determine values for the calculation
87. of the file which appears on the current and Paper page all text boxes and stamps in the Print Preview window on this page and an image of the paper on which it is positioned This also includes headers footers and pictures Export Document Copies the area of the file which appears on the current and Page Items page plus all text boxes and stamps in the Print Preview window on this page This also includes headers footers and pictures 5 Click OK to create the export and close the Export as Picture dialog In the Schedule Resource or Calendar Views not in Print Preview to export the entire View as a picture 1 Make sure nothing is selected Click once in the timeline area or outside of the calendar to assure this 2 From the File menu select Export and choose Picture from the submenu Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 20 7 Importing and Exporting 279 Notes The file type is determined in the Export as Picture dialog If you choose to export a JPEG file you will have the option of choosing the quality of the picture The quality is ranked from 99 1 with 99 being the highest quality See also Exporting the page as a picture Exporting data Importing data Using MPX with FastTrack Schedule Using MPX with FastTrack Schedule When managing projects it may be helpful to open data from other applications or export data from the application in which you are working MPX w
88. of the legend that are outside the row that contains the legends top left corner For Print Preview legends in the Show On area select the printed pages on which you wish to display the legend 9 Click OK to apply your legend changes and close the Format Legend dialog Notes To change the order in which rows appear in the legend click and drag bar styles up or down in the table To delete a bar style from the legend select a bar style from the table and press the Delete key on your keyboard See also Inserting a legend Moving a legend Resizing a legend Moving legends Moving legends Moving legends allows you to change the position of legends in the Schedule View timeline or Print Preview window Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 338 25 7 4 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To move a legend 1 Click the legend hold down your mouse button and drag it to a new position Notes Holding down the Shift key constrains the legend to moving vertically or horizontally Moving the legend up or down in the timeline can change the row to which it belongs that is the row that contains the legend s top edge Operations that affect its new row such as collapsing also affect the legend See also Inserting a legend Resizing legends Resizing legends Resizing legends Use the Arrow tool to resize legends To resize a legend 1 Click the legend to select it 2 Click
89. on one of the resize handles and drag the outline to the desired width Note To maintain the proportions of the legend while you resize it hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner handles See also Inserting a legend Moving legends Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 26 26 1 FastSteps 339 FastSteps What are FastSteps What are FastSteps FastSteps are a scripting ability built into FastTrack Schedule FastSteps allow you to automate repetitive scheduling tasks by grouping a series of commands into a single sequence that you can then initiate with one menu choice FastSteps are available in the Schedule Resource and Calendar Views and their Print Preview windows Let s say for instance that every time you update a particular file you want a report of the activities that remain unfinished Using FastSteps you can create a sequence that applies a filter for incomplete activities prints the filtered schedule restores those activities hidden by the filter saves the file and then closes that schedule The graphic below illustrates the FastSteps command sequence detailed above It is named Activities to be Completed Every time you finish editing the schedule you simply select Activities to be Completed from the list of FastSteps and all of the commands listed above will be completed automatically Each member of a project team can have a FastSteps sequence to suit h
90. path into the cell or text box over which the cursor is positioned For example if you dropped a file called letter from Microsoft Word it would paste letter doc into the column cell Note See the instructions provided with your operating system for more information on dragging and dropping files 3 Using context menus Using context menus A context menu is the pop up menu that appears when you click the mouse while pressing the Control key This pop up menu contains a list of context specific shortcuts or operations that you can perform on the item If your mouse has a right button then right clicking will access the context menu It is always a good idea to Control click an item to see what context menu options are available See also Keyboard shortcuts 3 8 Navigating in the Views Navigating in the Views There are various methods for moving your cursor within the columns of the Schedule View or Resource Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 9 View You can always use your mouse to click in a cell To move your cursor a column to the right or left you can use the Right and Left Arrow keys on your keyboard You can also use the Tab key to move right but be sure that your cursor is to the right of any text in the Activity Name column Pressing the Tab key if the cursor is on the left will move that activity out one activity outline level To move up
91. resources and other schedule data created within FastTrack Schedule as data in other applications FastTrack Schedule imports and exports ASCII text the standard text format Exporting is what you see is what you get Only visible data will be exported You hide show and position columns and rows and then use the export options to make the data conform to the expectations of the application to which you are exporting To export data from the Schedule or Resource Views 1 Decide what types information you want to export and then hide show and position columns accordingly 2 Decide which activities or resources you want to export and then hide show collapse expand and position rows in the layout accordingly 3 From the File menu select Export and choose Data from the submenu 4 Select from the options described below posnason I N Allows you to browse for a file Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Browse Opens a dialog where you can navigate to the location where your data will be exported Clipboard l Exports the data to the Clipboard Activity Options d Schedule View only options Ignore Outline Places all Activity Names in the same column and outline level regardless of whether or not they are indented Tab Outline Moves indented subactivities to another column creating a column for each activity level Repeat Outline When the check
92. s Overtime Rate is equal to the Standard Rate Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 202 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 15 3 Enter a descriptive word to categorize the resource For example you might just enter Human if it is a person or you may want to be more specific and enter something like Software Developer This value is for your reference only and does not affect the data in any way Think about how you i like to use ehh information in filters and sorts Initials Code Enter data in these fields to assist you in filtering and sorting a NEE information Additional Use the additional options to enter detailed contact data for Resource the resource options Using the Work Calendar tab of the Resource Information form Create a work calendar specific to this resource Create and edit exceptions for specific dates that this resource will not be available Using the Other Columns tab of the Resource Information form Use this table of additional resource columns to enter more information about the resource 1 Click in the Value column to the left of the Column Name into which you wish to enter data 2 Enter a value See also Working with resources Creating resources Creating resources Resources can be created using the Resource Information form To create a new resource 1 In the Resource View click in the Information Form action column of the selected row The Resour
93. searchable frequently updated database of common questions received from customers about the latest version of FastTrack Schedule Support Knowledgebase The AEC Software website also hosts an extensive searchable database of commonly asked questions from recent FastTrack Schedule versions Search by keyword article number or title Function Reference Function Reference Function Reference Select a category of functions from those listed below Number Functions Text Functions Statistical Functions Logical Functions Date and Time Functions Alphabetical Listing See also Entering a calculation Overview of calculation columns Calculation setup Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 356 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 29 3 2 Number Functions Number Functions Abs Cos Div Even Exp Fact FV Future Value Ln Function Log Mod NullNum Odd Pmt Payment Power PV Present Value Round Sin Sort Tan Trunc See also Text Functions Statistical Functions Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 29 3 3 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Logical Functions Date and Time Functions Alphabetical Listing Text Functions Text Functions DateToText Find Function FindPos Left LeftWords Mid MidWords NumChars NumToText NumWords Proper Replace Right RightWords TextToDate TextToNum TextT
94. the MS Project file gt Bug Fixes Enabled the Setup button in six FastSteps Fixed crash caused when switching the timeline graph units to hours in files created from Microsoft Project mpp and mpx files Fixed crash caused by switching layouts when using some popup controls in columns Fixed error that resulted in events being shifting by one day when exporting to iCal and as an ics file Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Reference Information 365 e Fixed the updating of the QuickRange when switching timeline units e Fixed issue that would cause a crash in some files when a duplicate resource name was entered in the Information dialog e Miscellaneous and minor errata Return to Release Notes 29 6 4 Release Notes Version 10 0 1 Release Notes Version 10 0 1 gt New and Enhanced Features Improved handling of special characters in a file name when exporting to iCalendar or as an ics file Improved dragging of bars when the timeline is set to hours e Improved error handling when creating new resources from within the Information form Improved dragging of bars in the Schedule view Improved file conversion of FastTrack Schedule 8 and 9 files that contained spot resource allocations with zero work values Added background resource row highlighting in the Resource Information form Improved pasting of text into columns Added feature enabling opening MS Project 2010 files Improved t
95. the schedule s title and archive your schedule as Project Alpha 0001 Project Alpha 0002 Project Alpha 0003 etc To set auto archive preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the AutoArchive tab 3 Select from the options available 4 Click OK to close the FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog and apply your preferences Note These AutoArchive preferences are set for all of your files but you must choose to activate the AutoArchive feature within each file individually Activate AutoArchiving in the Document Preferences dialog See also Application preferences Setting document preferences Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved so FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 5 9 5 10 Setting update preferences Setting update preferences You can determine at what if any interval you would like FastTrack to check for updates to the open schedule file whenever a network connection is available To set update preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Update tab 3 Select from the options available 4 Click OK to close the FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog and apply your preferences See also Application preferences Setting document preferences Accessing document preferences Accessing document preferences Setti
96. to something other than the application s default language currency This is especially helpful when you are working with businesses in other countries To set currency preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Preferences 2 Click the Currency tab 3 Select from the options available 4 Click OK to close the Document Preferences dialog and apply your preferences See also Document preferences Setting application preferences 5 14 Setting tracking preferences Setting tracking preferences The Tracking tab defines what information is displayed in the Bar Tracking window and Cursor Tracking area Bar and Cursor tracking shows you information about the current position of the bar and cursor as you drag a bar or move the mouse around the timeline or calendar When you hover the cursor over a bar the Bar Tracking window pops up to show start finish and duration information about the selected activity bar Cursor Tracking appears in the bottom right of the application windows and can show the date and time over which the cursor is positioned Both Bar and Cursor Tracking help you to draw and drag bars with precision To set tracking preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 C
97. to the left is greater than the value on the right Less than or equal 5 lt 6 returns true True when the value on to the left is less than the value on the right IMPORTANT When using comparison operators with functions and columns which evaluate to a date or time remember that all arguments surrounding the operator must be of the same type date or time For instance the following calculation lf Start Date lt Jun 18 2002 Late Early is not valid because Jun 18 2002 is not interpreted as a date in this case For this situation use If Start Date lt TextToDate Jun 18 2002 Late Early Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Reference Information which converts Jun 18 2002 into a date so that it may be compared to Start Date Or if comparing times use f Start Time lt TextToTime 11 30 AM Late Early which converts 11 30 AM into a time so that it may be compared to Start Time Operator Reference 29 6 Release Notes 29 6 1 Release Notes Release Notes Select the Release number for which you would like to view Release Notes e Current Version 10 0 3 e Version 10 0 2 e Version 10 0 1 e Version 10 0 0 29 6 2 Release Notes Version 10 0 3 Release Notes Version 10 0 3 gt New and Enhanced Features e Changed the behavior of Save as Template to not memorize current path for future Saves e Improved HTML export so that the resul
98. wish to see beneath the item select the Transparent checkbox Sets the color and size for the item s border line GES i Sets the color and size for the item s shadow Comer Radius Determine how sharp or rounded the comers of the item s border will be Set as Default Makes the options you select in the Border tab become the default for all items created in the future SE A Sets font options for text boxes and legends 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the Format Item dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 333 334 25 6 3 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual See also Adding text boxes Adding pictures Resizing pictures Resizing pictures Resizing a picture changes its dimensions You can resize pictures added to the Schedule View timeline and to the Print Preview layer You cannot resize pictures in an image column within FastTrack Schedule Those images should be resized outside of the program then added to a cell in the column To resize a picture 1 Click the picture to select it 2 Click and drag one of the handles until its outline has reached the desired proportions or Hold down the Shift key and drag one of the comer handles to maintain the same scale Note Double clicking the picture returns the picture to its original size See also Adding pictures Moving pictures Formatting pictures Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights r
99. with iCalendar files Working with iCalendar files iCalendar is a data standard for viewing your project data in calendar form You can quickly publish your FastTrack Schedule file as an iCalendar ics file to any hosting location You can also export the file as an iCalendar ics file or if you are using Mac OS X 10 3 9 or later into iCal What do you want to do I Publish a schedule as an iCalendar file Unublish an iCalendar file I Using the Schedule Publish Log Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 27 2 27 3 iCalendar Integration I Import iCalendar files Export data as an iCalendar file Publishing schedules as iCalendar files Publishing schedules as iCalendar files You can publish your schedule as an iCalendar to a public or private server To publish a schedule as an iCalendar to another location 1 From the File menu select iCalendar and choose Publish then choose Other Location The Publish iCalendar dialog opens 2 Click Publish The Schedule Published dialog opens 3 Click Visit Page to open the iCalendar file in a browser or Click Send Mail to open your mail program and create a mail message regarding the newly published iCalendar file Or Click Close to close the Schedule Published dialog See also Working with iCalendar files Unpublishing an iCalendar schedule Unpublishing an iCalendar file You can remove an iCalendar you have published to a server
100. your changes and close the Format Item dialog To define what pages an inserted autotext item is displayed on 1 Click the item to select it 2 On the toolbar click Format Selected The Format Item dialog opens 3 In the Display tab use the Show On options to display the item on all pages the current page only or a range of pages 4 Click OK to close the Format Item dialog Note Inserted items appear in the middle of the Print Preview window Use the Arrow tool to drag the item to a different location Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 2 4 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 17 5 See also Changing the font of text boxes Adding headers and footers Adding titles and pictures to Print Preview Adding titles and pictures to Print Preview Adding text boxes and pictures both called items to Print Preview allows you to add titles and images that are only displayed on printed pages Pictures legends and text boxes are not supported in the Print Preview window of the Calendar View To add a text box to the Print Preview window 1 In the Print Preview on the Format bar click Insert and choose Text Box from the drop down list 2 Drag the text box to place it in the desired location 4 Enter the text in the text box and it will resize to fit the text To add a picture to Print Preview 1 In the Print Preview on the Format bar click Insert and choose Picture from the drop down l
101. 0 User Manual unable to start until their predecessor tasks have completed In other cases a task may need to start before its predecessor task is completed In these descriptions a task will need to consider its Lag or Lead Lag Lead duration Lag A unit of duration used as a delay between two tasks Lag durations are entered as positive values An example of this could be the predecessor task of pouring concrete prior to the successor task of building a house If the concrete takes 2 days to cure and dry the dependency link would require a lag of 2 days Lead A unit of duration used to provide an overlap or head start between two linked tasks Lead durations are entered as negative values An example of this could be the predecessor task of completing the shooting of a film with a finish to start dependency on a successor task of editing film If editing film can begin 7 days prior to the end of completing the shooting of a film then the dependency link would require a lead of 7 days Editing the Lead or Lag time of a link 1 Double click an activity bar whose lag lead time you would like to edit 2 In the Bars gt Links tab of the Information form edit the Lag Lead time in the Predecessors or Successors table Or 1 Double click a link whose lag lead time you would like to edit 2 In the Link Information form edit the lag lead time for the selected link See also Linking activities Linking activity bars Lin
102. 42 Working with Resource View filters cccceeeeceeeeeee REENEN ENEE ENEE ENNER 244 Deleting a Ditert eege EE 245 Duplicating a Dier EES 246 Applying a fter EE EE EEN een EE 247 Showing and hiding row s SEE eeeeeeeeeeEESESEeEEEEENEEEEEEESEEEEEEEN EEN Ee eege EE 248 Restoring hidden rOWS SMRgRRREEeieee ees sancecenececeerscenencceeccoerscceeeeceescosscas sce E o eee 249 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 10 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 13 14 15 16 17 Chapter 19 1 2 3 4 5 Chapter 20 zl Oo oO P WD Chapter 21 O ON o a P WN zech i Chapter 22 ao a fF WN Defining sort Criferla cccicccssscceeseseessscsecsscecasenestecatesnccsaeesctccasectecosenestoasesteaaserestanasesecaaaers 250 RI d A SOME EE 252 RTR BE EE 253 APPLYING ay Sart EE 253 R storing sarted TOW ees eege 255 Work Calendars 256 Using Work Calendars iccceccccccceescvciecnccveecstccevecstccwevecnceveeveeeduerecteceecd sneauevenncesevecueduereebadvers 256 Defining the Work Calendat cccccceeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeseneneesseneeeees 257 Displaying the Work Calendar AANEREN ENEE 259 Calculating durations in work UNItS A cece cece eee ener seen ee eeeeee ee eeesee ee eeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeees 261 Dragging bars using the Work Calendar AAA 262 Importing and Exporting 263 dees e EE 263 Inserting a Pitura s aan ENGER NEESS
103. 6 30 27 30 28 30 29 30 30 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Early Start or Finish Early Start or Finish Refers to an activity bar that has a Revised date that is earlier than the Scheduled date For instance using the Revised tool you could drag an activity s Revised start date to an earlier date Expanded Expanded Refers to activities whose outline levels are not collapsed All of their subactivities are visible Expand Collapse Action Column Expand Collapse Action Column This Action Column contains a triangular handle for activities which have subactivities indented beneath them To collapse an outline level click the down facing triangular handle to turn to the right To expand an outline level click the right facing triangular handle to turn it downwards To display the Expand Collapse action column from the View menu select Action Columns and choose Information Form from the submenu Full Allocation Line Full Allocation Line This line indicates when a resource has been allocated for the maximum amount of time possible as defined in its work calendar The appearance of the line can be formatted in the Format Resource Row dialog Finish Finish The date and time at which an activity or schedule ends You can set the finish of an activity s Scheduled Revised Actual component as well as for the project itself Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 30 31 30 32 30 33
104. Chapter 27 oa fF WD Chapter 28 kh OQ N Chapter 29 inserting legends EE 335 Formatting H DE 336 WO VUNG LOG CO TE 337 El RE DT D 338 FastSteps 339 What are FastSte ps scscsccisaccacaas cde aitaa naa aa aa aa ENAA Auai ian saaana a aaiae dana 339 Defining a new EastGtens seguence uneneen nnna 340 Editing an existing EastGteps seouencg EEN 341 Deleting a FastSte ps Se Que nce oaniccaicciccceciesinecnessciee se ecaecnseecovecsuvnaecassbanacecaeetneesseaeneedeenasenss 342 Duplicating a FastSte pS seguence cece eee ee eee cece eee ee ee ee ae eres ee eeeaeeseaeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeees 343 Running an existing FastSte ps seguencge ENEE 343 iCalendar Integration 344 Working with iCalendar files oocc ci scciccdeccececccciec eedtceeeensecceeeeduceeencoceieveectucvvessteeweresducyeeestenes 344 Publishing schedules as iCalendar tes AANEREN 345 Unpublishing an iCalendar SCHECUIG cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeees 345 Importing iCalendar files EE 346 Exporting data as an ICalendar Au 346 Using the Schedule Publish Log ANEREN 347 MindManager Integration 347 Working with MindManager les cccecccceeeeeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaieneeeeeeeeeeeenes 347 Importing MindManager Files Ee RREEEERNEEEREEERENEEEEREERENEERSNEE ES anaE EER gt o 348 Opening MindManager File SOtiterc c22ccsseercssseconeercneeeesercoueeeoeeeccaesscasesscoesse esteem 348 E
105. Click OK to apply your changes and close the Resource Information form To define the Base Calendar 1 From the Base Calendar drop down list choose Standard Project Calendar 24 Hours Night Shift or any custom calendars To set the work hours for a Specific day and create Exceptions 1 In the Define Specific Days area select a month and year to display from the drop down lists The month appears in the calendar below Select a day from the calendar Click the Create Exception button Enter a descriptive name for the exception in the Exceptions table aR WwW N Click out of that day in the calendar to create an exception with 0 work hours i e a full day off or 5 Deselect the Use typical work day shifts on base calendar option 6 Edit the Work Shift Details to create an exception with something other than 0 hours The total work hours for that specific day appear in the calendar To set the work hours for the Typical day of the week such as Monday 1 In the Define Typical Week Days area click on the day of the week for which you want to define typical hours Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 204 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 15 5 2 In the Work Shift Details table enter the periods of time that should be considered work hours for that day The total number of work hours appears under that day in the Define Typical Week Days area 3 Repeat this procedure for ev
106. EE unge 290 Defining activity bar altonPEH ESeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeegeegeee ege eSEEEEEE NEEN ee eege 292 Defining text box alignment NEEE cecccnnececeeeeeeececeeeeececceeeececceeeeerceceeessoens sss eee cues 293 Defining picture aligament NEE eesis nannan ER EEEEE Ree NEE 295 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 10 11 Contents 11 7 8 Chapter 23 O ON Oo P WN a _ gt gt ech 12 Chapter 24 a fF O N Chapter 25 a fF WN Aligning items 10 gd c2 cicccces ascet isi covscceseacnestoonseceesenenbectoarsecesaseuecteoeaeteeseseessncgareseasacone 297 SNAPPING te EE Ee Let DEE 298 Summary Graphs 299 Showing and hiding SUMMALY gorapb row 299 Inserting new SuMMAary Graph Onwee geesde ENNEN ENEE ENEE ee Se 300 Deleting summary graph rouws EEN 301 Formatting SUMMALY Graph rous ENEE 302 Choosing units for summary graph LOWS EE 302 Choosing data to summarize in SUMMATLY QFAPNDS EE 303 Choosing summary operations for SUMMALY graphs EEN 304 Formatting the display of summary graph rows E 305 Labeling SUMMALrY gorapb rows EEN 307 Changing the font attributes of aummarv orapb rous 308 Moving SUMMALY graph rows ENEE 308 Changing the height of summMary graph LOWS EEN 309 Calculations 310 Overview of USING CALCLIALIONS uk 310 What is a calculation ccccccccseceseeececeeeceeseres AEN eneee enanas KEREN RKEk 311 What are the
107. FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual ee f Set the size or thickness of the bottom line ee il only available when formatting a resource subrow Expanded Determines at what row height the resource subrow will display when it is expanded Collapsed Determines at what row height the resource subrow will display when it is collapsed or hidden Show Parent Tree Displays the contents of the Parent Tree column the activity preceded by all of its parents in the Assignments subrow 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Resource Row dialog Notes If you are formatting several rows at once selecting Page Break After this Row will put a page break Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Rows 103 after each row Clicking the Set as Default button makes the selected settings the default for all new resource rows See also Working with resources 7 17 Formatting summary bars Formatting summary bars If you wish to include summary bars they can be used whenever subactivities exist To display summary bars 1 Format the row to show summary bars To format a row to show summary bars 1 Select the row or rows 2 From the Format menu select Row or Double click the Row Number action column of the selected row or rows The Format Row dialog opens 3 Click the Summary Bar tab 4 Select the Summary Bar option This option is selected by default When not selected no summary bar
108. In the Schedule View from the View menu choose Alignment Grid This toggles between hiding and showing the grid Notes The alignment grid does not print There is a horizontal alignment grid but it does not display See also Using alignment grids 22 2 Using alignment grids Using alignment grids Alignment grids make moving activity bars text boxes pictures in the Schedule View and assigned bars in the Resource View more precise by forcing them to snap to a position relative to the grids you define The alignment grid only affects items in the timeline What do you want to do 21 Define alignment grids 21 Define activity bar alignment E Define text box alignment I Define picture alignment Align items to grids Snap items to grids Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved ER FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 22 3 Defining alignment grids Defining alignment grids You can define the grids to which activity bars text boxes pictures in the Schedule View and assigned bars in the Resource View can be aligned Because it only supports bars the Resource View only uses a horizontal alignment grid To define alignment grids 1 From the Tools menu select Arrange and choose Alignment Grid Options from the submenu The Alignment Grid Options dialog opens 2 Select from the options described below Number X of Time Unit X Select a unit of time from the drop down list and then
109. Inc All rights reserved Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 321 Formatting text boxes pictures and legends allows you to add borders backgrounds and shadows To format an item 1 Click the item or items to select them 2 Click the Format Selected button The Format Item dialog opens 3 Select from the options described below Alignment i Sets the item s alignment Clipping Places the item in a row so that the size of the row Containing Row determines how much of the item displays in the schedule Determines the number of pixels that surround the item Offsets Enter the amount of space in pixels between the item and horizontal vertical alignment grids Not available when the Alignment option None is selected Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 322 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual EES 18 available in Print Preview window only Show On All Places the object on every page of the printed FastTrack Schedule document Show On This Places the object only on the page of the printed FastTrack Schedule document that is currently displayed in the Print Preview window Show On Page Places the object only on specified pages of the printed FastTrack Schedule document Use the From and To boxes to enter the page numbers Background Sets the item s background color and margin If you wish to see beneath the item select the Transparent checkbox ell Sets the color and size for th
110. Mirror Timescale from Causes the bottom timescale to appear as a mirror Top reflection of the top timescale Column Summaries amp Timescale Top must be selected if you want to mirror the top timescale 4 Click OK to save your layout changes and close the Define Layout dialog 5 Click OK to apply the selected layout and close the Layouts dialog See also Inserting timescale rows into timescale areas Moving timescale rows in timescale areas Using Layouts Inserting new timescale rows Inserting new timescale rows Inserting new timescale rows into a top or bottom timescale area adds another row that you can use to label the timeline To insert a new timescale row 1 To select it click the timescale row below which you want the new row to appear 2 Control click and choose Insert Timescale Row from the context menu 0 r Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 284 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 21 5 1 Select the timescale row below which you want the new row to appear 2 From the Insert menu select Timescale Notes These steps add a row to a timescale area To show or hide the top or bottom timescale area use the Define Layout dialog The new timescale row automatically generates in the base timeline units To format the timescale row to show different units open the Format Timescale Row dialog See also Showing amp hiding timescale areas Formatting timescale r
111. N 199 Resources and Assignments 200 Working with ReSOurce EEN vn 200 Understanding the Resource Information fOrm ccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 201 Creating TT TEEN EE EE 202 Creating and editing a resource work CaleNdal 0cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeseeeneees 203 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Contents 9 5 6 7 8 9 6 Chapter 1 a fF WN Chapter 17 oA N Oo FP WYN wech _ gt ech 12 Chapter 18 O OO N o om FP WYN ech v cbt wb N a O Assigning FESOUNCES tO DANS jo iicc ceccctecicersccesaretescceeteccesstentsncauseccosasenecnccusedeesnboussnccaseseesncuns 204 Understanding CONTOUES ege eege inoran eNA ASEAN EAEE ENKS ESA dE edd 206 Formatting row text in the Resource View REENEN 208 Formatting rawS in the Resource View AEN 208 Formatting graph data in the Resource View 211 Consolidation 212 Understanding Copnsoltdatton AEN 212 Consolidating fles asetEEEAEREEEEEEAEEREEEAERESSEEESEEESEEEEESEEEESERESEEAERESEEE EE ESEEAEEESEK EES ESEEAEEE SSES 214 Consolidation and work calendars cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeesseneeeees 216 Working with a master file i ci iicticsiccci EEN SEENEN dacndeceveecctceeeenaeeasesscdehvacedaceieesctecsdenadeess 217 Updating a master file cc aicccescelenrndecddecncccentiedecuieexesdenaedccedsaceccdanien deaiarnasdenactcee
112. See also Working with activity bars and milestones Dragging activity bars and milestones Formatting a bar style Formatting a bar style Formatting a bar style allows you to create a new bar style or edit the appearance of an existing style What would you like to do 21 Design a new bar style I Edit an existing bar style 21 Create custom point styles I Use bar labels I Define bar alignment See also Working with bars and milestones Creating a new bar style Creating a new bar style When you design a new bar style you create it in the Format Bar Style dialog and it is added to the library of bar styles displayed in the Bars Styles Toolbar A new bar style can be created in the Schedule Resource and Calendar Views Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Activity Bars amp Milestones 149 While you can select options in any order to design a basic bar we recommend you do the following For more information open the Format Bar Style dialog To create a new bar style 1 From the Bar Style drop down list choose Define The Format Bar Style dialog opens 2 From the Type drop down list choose Bar to track start finish and duration or Milestone to track a single date like a deadline 3 From the Component drop down list select Scheduled Revised or Actual 4 Click the Parts tab 5 From the Part to Edit drop down list choose the part of the bar style you wish to format 6 If you ch
113. The Revised dates appear as another bar or extending points and can be shown all of the time or just when they differ from the Scheduled dates See also Defining Scheduled dates Defining Actual dates amp Complete Displaying on activity bars 10 5 Defining Actual dates and Percent Complete Defining actual dates and complete Defining Actual dates and Complete defines how much work has been done on a task You can always define a task s Actual dates from the Schedule and Calendar Views and if a task has been assigned to a resource you can also edit its Actual dates from the Resource View Note Complete can be tracked by itself without any reference to Scheduled Revised and Actual dates This works well for simple schedules that still require a way of displaying how much work has been done on a task To define Complete by drawing 1 If not already displayed show the Complete column using layouts or the Insert Column dialog 2 In the Schedule or Calendar Views in the Tools controls select the Percent tool 3 Click a position in the bar whose Complete dates you want to enter or edit and holding the left mouse button down drag to the right or left and release your mouse Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Progress Tracking 163 If you want to draw multiple bars double click the Percent Tool to lock it down To define Complete by typing 1 If not already displayed show
114. a new line to the filter clear a line from the filter or clear the entire table by deleting all lines from the table See also Working with Schedule and Calendar View filters 18 8 Deleting a filter Deleting a filter Filters can be deleted in the Filters dialog To delete a filter 1 From the Project menu select Filters and choose Define The Filters dialog opens 2 Select the filter you wish to delete 3 Click the Delete button A confirmation dialog appears asking you to verify that the filter will be deleted 4 Click OK to delete the filter or Cancel to retain the filter If you delete the filter it will no longer be available from the Filters Toolbar or Filters submenu Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 2 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 5 Click OK to close the Filters dialog and apply the filter that is currently selected Or Click Close to close the Filters dialog without applying a filter See also Working with Schedule and Calendar View filters Filtering and sorting 18 9 Duplicating a filter Duplicating a filter Filters can be duplicated in the Filters dialog To duplicate a filter 1 From the Project menu select Filters and choose Define The Filters dialog opens 2 Select the filter you wish to duplicate 3 Click the Duplicate button The Define Filter dialog opens 4 Edit the new filter 5 Click OK to save the filter and close the Define Filter d
115. a number of pages wide 1 From the File menu select Page Options The Page Options dialog opens 2 From the Format drop down list select Fit to Pages Width 3 Enter a value in the Number of Pages Across box For instance if you enter the value 2 the document fits to span 2 pages 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Page Options dialog Notes Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 226 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 17 7 When Fit to Pages Width is selected you will not be able to resize the timescale and columns in the timeline as the application automatically defines their width For large schedules fitting to a small number of pages may cause the timeline columns to contract to a size too small to display timescale labels Either choose a larger number of pages or hide columns to gain more space See also Using Print Preview Printing the Calendar View Setting the Calendar View page options Making a wall chart Making a wall chart Making a wall chart prints the Schedule View or Resource View in such a way that the pages which are completely separate in a standard layout can be pieced together to form one large page This allows you to use a small printer to create a large wall chart The Calendar View has a unique Page Option dialog to which the procedures detailed below do not apply To define the schedule asa wall chart 1 From the File menu select Page Options
116. al rows to be hidden To show only the selected rows 1 Select the row or rows 2 Control click and choose Hide Unselected Rows from the context menu This leaves visible only the rows that are selected hiding all other rows To hide rows 1 Select the row or rows 2 From the Edit menu choose Hide Selected or Control click and choose Hide Selected from the context menu This hides all selected rows leaving visible only the rows that are unselected Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Filters amp Sorts 249 Note Once you have hidden rows through the menu or with a filter you can show them all again by restoring the rows This shows all hidden rows and rearranges them so that they resume their original Master Sort order From the Edit menu select Unhide Restoring does not necessarily return your View to the same appearance it had before you hid rows If you have made changes that affect the order of activities or resources these changes cannot be restored Changes that affect the order of rows include moving inserting deleting cutting and pasting rows See also Restoring hidden rows Filtering and sorting 18 12 Restoring hidden rows Restoring hidden rows Once you have hidden rows through the menu or with a filter you can show them again by restoring rows This shows all hidden rows and rearranges them so that they resume their original Master Sort order To resto
117. al Path s in such a way that you can tell them apart See also Showing and hiding links Linking activity bars Dragging linked bars Formatting the display of critical path What is a critical path What is a critical path In FastTrack Schedule the critical path is the route between linked bars in a group of linked bars with the smallest total slack between tasks Slack is determined by subtracting a link Minimum lead lag time from a link duration Suppose you have a software project due for delivery in two weeks In the two weeks before it is due you must accomplish two things you must write the software and you must create a graphic for the box in which the software will ship Writing the software will take two weeks creating the graphic will take one day Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 11 11 Linking Bars 177 Start write Design Graphic Delivery Because you can create the graphic anytime in those two weeks there is greater elasticity or slack to that task It must happen before the project is due but it can happen on the last day and still not affect your delivery date Writing however is the more critical activity it cannot slip without affecting your delivery time Thus the task Write is on the critical path of your schedule Because a critical path is defined by the dependency of one task on another only linked bars are considered part of a critical path See also
118. alculation column now appears in the schedule Notes Because their values are generated from other information you cannot edit calculated values directly in the calculated column To change the name and or appearance of the column select it and from the Format menu choose Column The Format Column dialog will open See also Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 314 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Overview of using calculations Entering a calculation 24 5 Entering a calculation Entering a calculation Entering a calculation defines the expression that is being evaluated to return a value for the calculation column To enter a calculation in the Format Calculation dialog 1 Insert a calculation column 2 In the Format Calculation dialog enter the calculation as described below Enter a column In the field at the top of the dialog click where you want reference to insert the column reference and then double click the desired column name in the Columns table Enter an operator In the field at the top of the dialog click where you want to insert the operator and then double click the desired symbol in the Operators table Enter a function In the field at the top of the dialog click where you want to insert the function and then double click the desired Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Calculations 315 function in the Functions table View sp
119. alendar This allows you to view time vertically rather than horizontally as you do in the Schedule and Resource Views You can view and print completely customizable calendars that can be filtered to display only those activities you want to see You can also create a calendar of any number of contiguous weeks Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved The FastTrack Schedule Environment In the Calendar View you can draw bars move bars hide bars filter activities to view only those bars you want to see edit Scheduled Revised and Actual dates and times apply ranges and FastSteps and print the calendar in current monthly and custom configurations RE WEE WISEN HS 6 10 8 10 Wednesday June 1 5 et A Ste Sima Sts Sose a ttneteen in N A See also The Schedule View The Resource View 2 1 3 The Resource View The Resource View In this View you track and manage the use of resources in your project You can see exactly to which tasks your resources are assigned what percentage of their total available time is being used and how many hours they are working in a given unit of time In this View you can create and edit resources contact details rates and resource work calendars You can also move bars in the timeline and change the Scheduled Revised and Actual dates of tasks Until you assign the resources you have created to a task in the Schedule View
120. an existing schedule 1 From the File menu select Open The Open dialog opens 2 Navigate to the location of the schedule you want to open and select it 3 Click Open To open a schedule template 1 From the File menu select New Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Schedule Files 25 The Getting Started dialog opens 2 Click New Schedule From Template The Templates and Examples dialog opens 3 Choose an application defined template from the table or click the Browse button to locate a FastTrack Schedule file on disk The Open Template Options dialog opens 4 From the drop down list at the top of the dialog select from the data options Keep Everything is the default option but in the same drop down list you can select Keep the Following Data or Remove all Data which opens a completely blank schedule whose columns mirror the schedule you used as a template 5 If you have selected to Keep the Following Data decide which elements of that schedule you want to keep by selecting and or clearing options from the Schedule Resource and Calendar tabs Only data not formatting will appear in the new file 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Open Template Options dialog Note Schedules built with version 8 0 or later can easily be converted to a later version of FastTrack Schedule If you have a schedule built with an earlier version please contact technical support See also Convert
121. an format each dateline s appearance To format the Dateline 1 In the Schedule or Resource View from the Format menu select Datelines The Format Schedule View or Format Resource View dialog opens in the Datelines tab 2 In the Dateline Display area select from the options described below Dateline Allows you to display the following Dateline Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved The Timeline Project Start Dateline Project Finish Dateline Up to 10 custom datelines Show Dateline When selected displays a vertical line in the timeline drawn at the appropriate date S il Defines the thickness of the dateline Pattern and Color i Sets the pattern and color for the dateline Auto Update Every Sets the number of minutes between dateline Auto X Minutes updates Set Date Time To Sets the fixed date and time for the dateline 3 If you are formatting the Dateline you can select the Auto Update Every option to determine how often the Dateline should update The Dateline will display on the current date and time as shown in the Schedule View or Resource or If you are formatting the Dateline or a Custom Dateline you can select the Set Date Time To option to set a static date and time for the dateline Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 82 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 7 1 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the dialog Note Th
122. and insures accuracy Value lists are built in the Value List tab of the Format Column dialog Create a drop down list or pop up value list and use the Build From Data button to enter all the unique column data into the value list You can define multiple criteria in a single filter by entering additional lines in the table Multiple lines must be separated with And or Or in the And Or column on the right of the table And narrows the search as the activity must meet both criteria Or expands the search as the activity can meet either criteria To group multiple criteria together to change their meaning click the parentheses cells When filtering for a value made up of a certain set of consecutive letters instead of matching the entire value enter the wildcard character which is an asterisk For instance to search a column for the word train as any part of a value enter train Such a search will find the words retrain and training as well as train Click the buttons to add a new line to the filter between two existing rows clear a line from the filter or clear all filters from the table See also Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 22 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 18 6 Working with Schedule and Calendar View filters Filtering and sorting Creating a date time filter Creating a date time filter You set the criteria for a Date Time filter in the Date Time Crit
123. anging the width of timescale amp timeline columns Changing the width of timescale amp timeline columns Resizing a timescale column horizontally changes the width of all timescale columns and therefore the timeline columns When you resize one column they will all change To change the width of the timescale amp timeline columns 1 Position the cursor over a vertical gridline in the base timescale row 2 Click and drag to the left to make the timescale and timeline narrower or to the right to make them wider Notes The base timescale row which displays the base timeline units is the one that defines column width in the timeline For instance if the timeline is in the base units of weeks the timescale row that displays weeks is the one to be resized If the width of a timescale row is not wide enough to display the entire label the label is partially hidden You will not be able to resize the base timescale row if Fit to Pages Width is selected in the Page Options dialog See also Changing the height of timescale rows Changing the width of columns 22 Alignment Grids 22 1 Showing and hiding the alignment grid Showing and hiding the alignment grid Showing the grid displays the vertical alignment grid as red lines The vertical alignment grid is only Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Alignment Grids 289 displayed in the Schedule View To view the alignment grid 1
124. are Technical Support in a variety of ways Phone 703 450 2318 Fax 703 450 9786 Email support aecsoftware com WWW hittp www aecsoftware com support For sales information 703 450 1980 When you call AEC Software Technical Support your computer and FastTrack Schedule should be running and you should be in front of your computer Please be prepared to provide the following information Your serial number This number is found on the CD sleeve the back cover of the manual or the registration card The product version number The type of hardware and the operating system on which you are running the application The exact nature of your problem and what you were doing when it occurred The exact message in any alerts or dialog boxes that appear on your screen in response to your problem Any and all steps you have taken to solve the problem Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 354 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 29 2 2 Online Help Online help Help is only a click away when you use FastTrack Schedule s Online Help System FastTrack Schedule s Online Help is a comprehensive and context sensitive help system that provides keyword searches topic searches and tutorials FastTrack Schedule Online Help is available whenever FastTrack Schedule is running It contains the most up to date help information available for FastTrack Schedule To access the online help topi
125. astTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Project tab 3 In the Calendar Calculations section in the Hours per Day control enter the number of hours in a base work day Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Work Calendars ER The Base Work Day defines how durations of work hours are calculated 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Document Preferences dialog Notes Only exceptional days are displayed in the calendar shown in the dialog In the Hours area you must enter periods of time in both the Start and Finish columns For instance the default Standard work day is 8 00AM to 12 00PM and 1 00PM to 5 00PM The Copy Day button copies the work shift details for a typical or specific day to the Clipboard The Paste Day button pastes work shift details from the Clipboard to a typical or specific day The work shift details for a typical day can be pasted to a specific day or vice versa The Copy Calendar button copies the contents of a work calendar to the Clipboard The Paste Calendar button pastes a Work Calendar from the Clipboard to the open Work Calendar See also Using the Work Calendar 19 3 Displaying the Work Calendar Displaying the Work Calendar In the Schedule View timeline you can shade or hide non work days You can also determine on what day a typical week begins or ends and what hours wil
126. ay summary graphs Schedule View only 1 Click the Summary Graphs tab of the Define Layout dialog Any summary graphs you have created appears in the Available Rows table 2 Click Show to send the summary graph to the Shown Rows table Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 190 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 If you wish click and drag on summary graph row names in the Shown Rows table to change the order of rows in the layout or 1 Click the Create New Summary Graph Row button to create a new summary graph and open the Format Summary Graph dialog Notes Use the Hide and Hide All buttons to remove Summary Graph rows from the Shown Rows table The Shown Columns table displays the left to right order of columns See also Using Layouts Applying a layout Inserting new summary graphs 13 3 Deleting a layout Deleting a layout Layouts can be deleted in the Layouts dialog To delete a layout 1 From the Project menu select Layouts and choose Define The Layouts dialog opens 2 Select the layout you wish to delete 3 Click the Delete button A confirmation dialog appears asking you to verify that the layout will be deleted 4 Click OK to delete the layout or Cancel to retain the layout If you delete the layout it will no longer be available from the Layouts submenu Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 13 4 Layouts 5 Click OK to close the Layouts dialo
127. bars 292 aligning items 297 alignment grid 289 activity bars and 292 aligning to 297 defining 290 hiding 288 pictures and 295 showing 288 snapping to 298 text boxes and 293 allocation 382 applying FastSteps 343 filters 247 layouts 192 ranges 44 sorts 253 Assigning resources to bars 204 Assignment subrow 370 Assignments 204 370 auto archive 59 70 auto fitting column width 140 auto fitting row height 105 averages 122 304 TER background 320 331 30 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual background 320 331 ofitems 320 331 ofrows 94 barlabels 370 bar styles 148 371 Bar Tracking 67 bars 143 Bars tab 184 base timeline units 280 base timescale row 280 base work day 257 baseline dates 160 borders 320 331 pictures 320 331 text boxes 324 wall charts 226 bottom timescale 282 breaking pages at rows 227 Bring to Front 319 oe calculated columns 310 313 314 defining 313 entering 314 calculating durations 73 261 calculation 310 313 314 calendar title 195 371 Calendar View 192 formatting 195 197 198 199 printing 193 cells 132 133 308 326 changing activity bars 146 148 column display 131 duration units 73 font attributes 132 133 286 308 326 resource allocation units 74 rows 94 text boxes 324 timeline graph 71 72 width of columns 139 width of timeline graph 75 Changing the font attributes of rows font attributes 99 checking for spelling errors 34 children 234
128. box above is selected this option repeats the higher level activity names in every blank cell that was created by moving the subactivity level to another column Only exports the activity names of activities that are at the lowest level of indentation within the outline level Export Multiple Schedule View only options Bars per Activity Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Importing and Exporting 271 One Record Places line feed characters instead of carriage returns after Database Line each bar s information Use this for exporting to relational feeds databases multiple sets of dates will be exported in the same record Spreadsheet Places tabs instead of carriage returns after each bar s Tabs information Use this for exporting to spreadsheets Repeat Activity Fills in the activity values for each set of bars that were left empty when multiple bars were moved to new lines Separated Values with Tabs Places tabs between values as separators Commas i Places commas between values as separators GE T Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 272 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Export as Unicode Export Column Export Column Summaries Enclose Values in Quotes For users of Microsoft NT this assures that the exported data is saved in Unicode format Exports the column names as the first line in the exported Exports any
129. c OS Xv10 5 8 Leopard or later v10 6 Snow Leopard 867 MHz or faster Intel PowerPC G5 or PowerPC G4 processor 512MB of RAM 150MB free hard disk space 1024x768 or higher screen resolution Glossary Action Columns Action Columns FastTrack ScheduleAction Columns simplify working with activities and resources The Action Columns can be displayed to the left of the columns in the Schedule and Resource Views They simplify operations performed on rows subrows and outline levels 4 7 Activity Name 4 Ki Planning 2 Brainstorm 3 Research 4 Development Row Number Select Row Clicking here selects the row for moving deleting copying cutting formatting and hiding Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 30 2 30 3 30 4 Glossary 369 Page Break Clicking here makes the corresponding row the last row on a printed page d Information Form Clicking here opens the Information form in the Schedule View and the Resource Information form in the Resource View 4 Expand Collapse Clicking here collapses and expands outline levels in the Schedule View and subrows in the Resource View Activities Activities Anything you need to schedule or track FastTrack Schedule displays activities in rows and lets you see their start finish and duration as bars in the timeline graph There are many common terms for activity task project phase event milestone and deadline Actual Dates
130. c to this resource Create and edit exceptions for specific dates that this resource will not be available Using the Other Columns tab of the Resource Information form Use this table of additional resource columns to enter more information about the resource 1 Click in the Value column to the left of the Column Name into which you wish to enter data 2 Enter a value Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 188 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual See also Working with resources 13 Layouts 13 1 Using layouts Using layouts Using layouts you can create different groupings of columns and change between them quickly and easily Layouts are available in the Schedule and Resource Views Layouts show hide and move columns the timeline graph Action Columns timescale areas in the Schedule View summary graphs and in the Resource View resource subrows You cannot apply layouts created in the Schedule View to the Resource View or vice versa Select one of the following topics Applying a layout Defining a layout 13 2 Defining a layout Defining a layout Defining a layout allows you to create and edit views of the Schedule and Resource Views Layouts are created and edited in the Layouts and Define Layout dialogs To open the Define Layout dialog 1 From the Project menu select Layouts and choose Define from the submenu The Layouts dialog opens 2 Click the New button to design a new layou
131. can remove headers or footers anytime by simply deleting the text from the Left Center or Right tables See also Adding titles and pictures to Print Preview Inserting page date time and file name Inserting page date time and file name and path Inserting autotext allows you to include a dynamic page number date time and file name and path in the Print Preview windows of the Schedule and Resource Views This information will appear when the document is printed You can also use headers and footers to include this data on the printed document Headers and Footers allow you to format the display of the items To insert items in the Print Preview window 1 In the Print Preview on the Format bar click Insert and choose Page Number from the drop down list 0 r Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Printing amp Previewing 223 In the Print Preview on the Format bar click Insert and choose Date from the drop down list or In the Print Preview on the Format bar click Insert and choose Time from the drop down list or In the Print Preview on the Format bar click Insert and choose File Name and Path from the drop down list To change the display of an inserted autotext item in the Print Preview window 1 Click the item to select it 2 On the toolbar click Format Selected The Format Item dialog opens 3 Use the options to change the display of the item 4 Click OK to apply
132. ce Information form opens 2 In the Information tab if you desire enter name rate type and contact data about the resource 3 Click the Work Calendar tab to define the work days and hours of this resource 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Resource Information form Note By selecting Create Resource from the Resource Name drop down list you can also open a new Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 15 4 Resources and Assignments 203 Resource Information form from the Bars gt Assignments tab of the Information form See also Working with resources Assigning resources to bars Creating and editing a resource work calendar Creating and editing resource work calendars Every resource you create in FastTrack Schedule has it s own work calendar Defining a resource work calendar allows you to determine the hours of the day for typical and specific days If you have a resource that is only available Monday through Wednesday you can set Thursday Sunday to be non work days for that resource though they are still work days in the Project work calendar Use the Resource Information form to determine a resource s work calendar To create or edit a resource work calendar 1 In the Resource View click in the Information Form action column of the selected row The Resource Information form opens 2 Click the Work Calendar tab 3 Define the Work Calendar with the options described below 4
133. ces Setting general preferences Setting date preferences Settting time preferences Settting number preferences Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 5 2 5 3 Preferences Setting editing preferences Setting save preferences Setting auto archive preferences Setting update preferences Setting general application preferences Setting general application preferences You can choose to set program start new schedule default recent file FastTip and font options To set general preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the General tab 3 Select from the options available 4 Click OK to close the FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog and apply your preferences See also Document preferences Setting application preferences Setting date preferences Setting date preferences Defines the global format and application wide use of the three date display styles used in format dialogs Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 52 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual and the general format of the dates used throughout the application Important Date preferences are intended to be used infrequently They allow you to set up styles you intend to use later If you want to change the appearance of individual dates in your schedule we recommend making those definitions in that particular date s format dial
134. ch to base the new calendar Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 25 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To set the work hours for a Specific day such as a vacation day 1 In the Work Calendars dialog in the Define Specific Days area select a year and month to display from the drop down lists The month appears in the calendar below 2 Select a day from the calendar 3 In the Work Shift Details table enter the periods of time that should be considered work hours for that day or Click the Create Exception button to remove all work hours from that day All Specific days appear as an item in the Exceptions table to which you can give a descriptive name The total work hours for that specific day appear in the calendar 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Work Calendars dialog To set the work hours for a Typical day of the week such as every Monday 1 In the Define Typical Week Days area click on the day of the week for which you want to define typical hours 2 In the Work Shift Details table enter the periods of time that should be considered work hours for that day of the week The total number of work hours appears under that day in the Define Typical Week Days area 3 Repeat this procedure for each day of the week you wish to set 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Work Calendars dialog To set the work hours for the Base Work Day used in calculations 1 In the F
135. changes and close the Font dialog Note Collapsed rows have to be made visible and then selected for font styles to be applied to them See also Selecting rows Formatting rows in the Schedule View Formatting rows by outline level Changing font attributes of cells Changing font attributes of column headings Formatting rows in the Resource View Formatting rows in the Resource View Formatting resource rows allows you to set the height background color and pattern and bottom line color of resource rows To open the Format Resource Row dialog 1 Select the resource row or rows you want to format 2 Double click the Row Number action column of the selected resource row or any one of the multiple selected resource rows The Format Resource Row dialog opens 2 In the Display tab from the Format Subrow drop down list select the part of the resource row you wish to change the display of 3 Select from the options described below Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Rows 101 Background Attributes Display Location Allows the color and pattern you have selected to display on columns only the timeline only both the columns and the timeline or not at all Display Location Allows the color you have selected to display beneath columns only the timeline only both the columns and the timeline or not at all Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 102
136. checkbox 5 From the Show Label on Part drop down list select on which part of the bar you would like to display data 6 From the Available Columns table select the data you would like displayed on the bar 7 Click the Show button to send the data to the Shown Columns table 8 In the Offsets boxes enter the Horizontal and Vertical distance from the selected element 9 If desired click the Format Label button to open the Format Bar Label dialog and access the options described below meng Loes o Font Controls the font size style and color of the text in your labels You can choose to apply these font attributes to a selected cell only e g Activity Name or to all bar labels every label on every element of that bar style 156 9 15 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Borders Allows you to place a border and a shadow around a bar label set the border and shadow line widths set the corner radius of the border and select background and line colors You can also choose to apply the border attributes to all bar labels every label on every element of that bar style or to a T cell e e g Activity Name Display Determines the appearance of any numbers dates times and duration data in the Shown Columns table 10 If you have chosen to format the bar label click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Bar Label dialog 11 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Bar Style dialog Notes
137. ck data as you import it see table below for details Removes any quotes that surround imported values Recognizes the same set of characters as a single outline level For instance if you had two columns A and B and column A had the word Floor in every cell of rows 1 3 and column B had 1 2 and 3 as the values in its cells when optimized the data would import as Floor with 3 subactiuities 1 2 and 3 indented below it When not optimized each instance of the value Floor would be its own row with one subactivity indented below it 6 Click OK to save your import options and close the Import Data dialog If you selected to display the Import Monitor it will appear once the import begins Use the Import Monitor to check data as it is imported as described below Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Importing and Exporting 267 Note It is sometimes helpful to view the information to be imported in a word processing application or spreadsheet This allows you to see the exact order of the values and how they are separated See also Exporting data 20 2 Inserting a picture Inserting a picture Inserting pictures into the Schedule View timeline or Print Preview window allows you to customize your schedule with photos company logos clip art and other images You can also add image columns to the Schedule View of your schedule Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved
138. color font size bar styles etc Important Microsoft Project can only read MPX files The data will have to be saved as some other file type XML for instance What would you like to do 2 Open an MPX file in FastTrack Schedule Export FastTrack Schedule as MPX See also Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Schedule Files Importing data Exporting data 4 Ranges 4 1 Working with ranges Working with ranges Ranges are a saved span of dates They can be changed at any time to determine what days you see in the schedule timeline and the calendar You can access them easily from either the Ranges button on the toolbar or the Ranges submenu of the Project menu Ranges can be applied to each View or all Views at once See also Applying a range Defining a range Editing a range Deleting a range Duplicating a range The Master Range The All Bars Range 4 2 Defining a range Defining a range Ranges can be created in the Define Range dialog To define a range 1 From the Project menu select Timeline Ranges and choose Define from the submenu Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved a FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 4 3 The Ranges dialog opens 2 Click New 3 In the Define Range dialog enter a name for the range Each range must hawe a unique name 4 Set the dates of the range by choosing between today plus or minus a given number of days the
139. crosoft Project MPP files See also Exporting data Importing data Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Importing and Exporting 277 20 6 Exporting a picture Exporting data as a picture You can export a picture of the Schedule Resource and Calendar Views and or their items to the Clipboard or a file on disk From the Print Preview window define what is exported the portion of the View on the page the View plus graphic items or the View its items and an image of the piece of paper When performed outside of the Print Preview window an image of the entire View is exported You can export to the following file types JPEG JFIF Compliant JPG Portage Network Graphics PNG Portable Document Format PDF In Print Preview to export a page of the file as a picture 1 In any View click the Print Preview button on the toolbar 2 Make sure that the page appears as you want and that nothing is selected 3 From the File menu select Export and choose Picture from the submenu The Export as Picture dialog opens 4 Select from the options described below pen Fr Fe P Saves the exported picture to a file on disk Browse Opens a dialog where you can select a destination and file name for the export Clipboard i Saves the exported picture to the Clipboard Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 278 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Export Document Copies the area
140. cs when FastTrack Schedule is running select Contents from the Help menu Either select a topic from the Table of Contents or click on the Index or Search tabs to locate help information by keyword or phrase You must have a web browser such as Safari or Mozilla Firefox installed on your computer to run FastTrack Schedule s Online Help System You do not however have to be connected to the Internet Additional Help Options FastTrack Schedule Help button This button located in many of the dialogs is context sensitive and opens the FastTrack Schedule Online Help System directly to the topic page describing the related procedure Help Tags When you hover your cursor over a button tool or dialog option for a few moments a Help Tag appears describing the item s basic features or purpose Extended Help Tags When a Help Tag is displayed over a dialog option hold down the Command key to display extended information about that option Extended Help Tags are available for many dialog options Tutorials FastTrack Schedule provides online tutorials with instructions that you can follow on your computer or print out Each tutorial has a practice FastTrack Schedule file to use as you work through the tutorial Look in the Help menu for tutorial resources Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 29 3 29 3 1 Reference Information 355 Frequently Asked Questions The AEC Software website now hosts a
141. d as those dates until you redefine it The Master Range is simply a range of dates To set the Master Range 1 From the Project menu select Timeline Ranges and choose Set Range from the submenu The Format Schedule View Format Resource View or Format Calendar View dialog opens in the Range tab 2 Enter or select the Start and Finish dates 3 Select the Save Range as the Master Range checkbox or 1 From the Project menu select Timeline Ranges and choose Define from the context menu The Ranges dialog opens 2 Select Master Range from the Ranges table and click Edit The Define Range dialog opens 3 Enter the start and finish dates you want to define as the Master Range 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Define Range dialog 5 Click OK to apply the Master Range and close the Ranges dialog or Click Close if you do not want to apply the Master Range at this time The Master Range setting is saved for future use To apply the Master Range 1 On the toolbar click the Ranges button select Master Range from the drop down list or From the Project menu select Timeline Ranges and choose Master Range from the submenu See also Applying a range Defining a range Editing a range Deleting a range Duplicating a range The All Bars Range Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 4 8 5 1 The All Bars Range The All Bars Range Applying the All Bars Range automatically adjusts the tim
142. d it to the Sort Order table Remove columns from the Sort Order table by clicking the Hide or Hide All buttons 6 To define a multi level sort show more than one column in the Sort Order table 7 To change the order of sorts in a multi level sort click on a sort in the Sort Order table and drag the sort up or down and release it in the desired position Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Filters amp Sorts 251 The top to bottom order of sorts in the Sort Order table determines the order sorts are performed 8 To change the order in which values are arranged click the Ascending or Descending icons stair steps 9 In the Schedule View only select from the options described below All Rows to Move Anywhere Rearranges rows anywhere regardless of the outline levels Retains outline levels by only rearranging rows within each outline level Lock Outline Levels Through Level Allows you to specify which outline line levels with be retained in a sort Select how many outline levels you wish to lock 10 Click OK to save the sort criteria and close the Define Sort dialog 11 Click OK to apply the selected sort and close the Sorts dialog or Click Close to close the dialog without applying the sort The sort is saved for later use Important For Schedule View sorts the Only Within Outline Levels move rows option ensures that activities do not Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All r
143. days weeks months quarters or years an activity lasts To calculate durations in work units 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Project tab 3 In the Units section Duration Units drop down list select a unit 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Document Preferences dialog Important Dragging the middle of a bar while calculating durations in work units can cause the bar to jump when Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 22 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 19 5 dragged over non work periods Notes The units in which durations are calculated is set for the entire document not per column If you draw a new bar entirely within a non work period the duration is entered as 0 Therefore when you drag that bar to a work period it will have no length See also Defining the Work Calendar Dragging bars using the Work Calendar Using the work calendar Dragging bars using the Work Calendar Dragging bars using the Work Calendar In the Schedule View dragging activity bars while using Work Calendar options helps you avoid scheduling activities during non work periods by jumping the bar s start point or end point over non work periods Dragging bars while Work Calendar options are selected is done in the same manner regardless of work units The behavior of the bar howeve
144. ddacssceewss 218 Printing amp Previewing 219 Working with Print Preyiei cei 2 syeccodfcbscx cependae lt cisecees EEN e Ee 219 Using Print Pre view ic iicccc ccivecesadeecideglvedacuadceiede cdowedesaiiptinds cbguucuea Aawara naa arana sienai in 220 Adding headers and fOOte rs uk 221 Inserting page date time and file name cece ce eeee eee cece ee ee eens eeee seen eeeeaaeeeeeees 222 Adding Dies and pictures to Print Brevieuw uk 224 Fitting the documenttoa number OF PAGES eceeeeneeeweeeneeee ee ENNEN 225 Making a walt chat euer eneen EE eee eee ee neeeco ones 226 Breaking printed pages at rows Qitineerecce ccnceccceeccceececeecceeerceenceceesen settee sEee emis een 227 Printing a schedule EE ee Ree EEESEEESEEEREN EES see 228 Choosing Page Options Qitbere ccccsececccsencercocneeeeccoeneccceceneececnenceceaceseececasssssese ses AEA 229 Setting up the page 0 une 232 Exporting the page asa picture EEN 233 Filters amp Sorts 234 Working with filtemsrand sorts lt sgaseieeeeieneee a EES 234 Creating ar editing filters e annn aiina aaan anaana anaana a a a Baaada eee aaeeea 235 Working with Schedule and Calendar View filters ccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeneees 236 Setting filter Op a eeeeeeeNEEEEEEEESEEEEEE EEN ee 237 Creating a column value Dier ee Ree iaaa en 240 Creating a date time De tes eeeesesEERRSSESEERESSENEEERSSEEEEEERSEN SEN 2
145. debt eege eege eege e de SERA 380 Revised TEE 380 Revised WR 380 ROW Swiss gue cesectscecerivente becuse cseresencasesdenasceveced stevens asceneasecavbesscesveeedesscees EEN degeetecaoed tee edebene 381 Row Number Action Colum ne sasicaiiessiscescecesasin innia inaaianei anaana aadA Soi 381 SS CVC TT 381 Scheduled Dates i ar anae aaaea aaa anaa ege AS aa a Ara ee eege 381 GIE EEN e EEN 381 Slmppipng eekEERR KEN applies ae eeaeee sets se oe sees eset ee oo a o 382 Spot Allocaton ennen SEENEN EES 382 LL EEN EEN 8 383 Summary Bars nun S nennen 384 Summary Gra phs E a ennen EE 384 Text BOXES uv EE EEN cone ce ee enen ee 384 Text eneen unn EE ue EEN 384 Timeline Graph E eene EE 384 Timeline Unter EEN eo ee ee een nare eeee eens eos EE EEN 385 Timescale Are ae eege EEN ENER unn 385 Timescale Raw sS eeno erine ee nenea eeann aeea nnne EE dee ee 385 The Tools c0teceeceeereesece ee ceeeee snes E ae aa aa an n 385 Uesage Grapnb Scale a aiaia aa iiaa na nianna mnanaa Bee 386 TRR ETE a o o E E 386 Workin Place eege EEN aa aaa aa aa aaa aa aaa 388 Index 389 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 14 What is FastTrack Schedule 1 What is FastTrack Schedule What is FastTrack Schedule Click here if you experience problems viewing the help system FastTrack Schedule is a project management application for tracking all your projects activities tasks resou
146. development Therefore when it comes time to assign a tester to a software feature you would want to choose for that resource the contour Back Loaded in the Assignments tab of the Information form The tester s Percent Work Usage will be low at the beginning of the activity and increase gradually until it reaches 100 at the end of the activity FastTrack Schedule supports the following contouring models This Looks like this Contour Applies the same amount of the resource s effort throughout the activity s LG Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Resources and Assignments 207 Applies more of the resource s effort at the end of the activity s duration Applies more of the resource s effort at the beginning of the activity s duration Applies the resource s effort so that there is a peak of effort towards the beginning of the activity s duration and another peak of effort towards the end of the activity s duration Late Peak Applies the resource s effort so that there is a peak of effort towards the end of the activity s duration Applies the resource s effort so that there is a peak of effort towards the beginning of the activity s duration Applies the resource s effort so that there is a gradual increase of effort as the activity progresses and a gradual decrease of effort towards the end of the activity s duration Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved
147. dialog For instance if you set dates to appear as yy mm dd in the Dates tab of the Preferences dialog then all display options will reflect this format To change the units displayed for Duration columns use the Duration Units drop down list in the Display tab of the Format Schedule View or Format Resource View dialogs You cannot change the type of data displayed in columns Column types are application defined See also Working with columns Changing font attributes of column headings Changing font attributes of column headings Changing the font attributes of column headings customizes their appearance and can help fit large column names in small heading cells without widening a column For instance if a long column name such as Revised Start Date is wrapping awkwardly you could change its font and type size to make it fit in the current width of the heading To change the font style of column headings 1 Control click the column heading you would like to change and choose Font from the context menu The Font dialog opens Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 8 17 Columns 133 3 Select the font attributes 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Font dialog Note To select contiguous column headings hold down the Shift key click and drag the mouse to select multiple column headings To select non contiguous cells hold down the Command key and click on the column heading
148. ding unlimited flexibility convenience and compatibility Image columns providing up to 10 images per row Greatly enhanced Resource Contact form including resource photos Direct Address Book integration Mac only feature New resource availability filtering Resource Usage graph in the Schedule View provides resource usage information prior to and after resource assignments are made Automatic resource assignment contouring Live resizing of graphic elements Gradients for graphic items and bar styles Alternating row shading New bar styles Direct export to PDF Mac only feature Open Microsoft Project files directly Enhanced compatibility with Microsoft Project Open and Save As MindManager 8 files More New Templates and Examples Numerous other enhancements and ease of use features Return to Release Notes Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 367 368 29 7 29 7 1 30 30 1 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Requirements Hardware and software requirements Hardware and software requirements The following hardware and software is required to run FastTrack Schedule To run FastTrack Schedule on a Microsoft Windows operating system you need Microsoft Windows XP SP3 Windows Vista SP1 or Windows 7 500 MHz processor or higher 256MB of RAM 150MB of free hard disk space 1024x768 or higher screen resolution To run FastTrack Schedule on a Mac computer you need Ma
149. down list select Picture Click the Paste button Click OK to close the Format Point dialog Click OK apply your changes and close the Format Bar Style dialog ON DOA FW DY Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 9 14 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Activity Bars amp Milestones 155 See also Working with bars and milestones Formatting a bar style Designing a new bar style Editing a bar style Pasting pictures to the timeline graph Working with bar labels Working with bar labels To emphasize certain data you can attach text to a bar style You can add date time duration complete and other row or bar information as the label Labels can be attached to a bar or milestone You can have as many labels on an item as you wish In the Format Bar Style dialog you can create separate Schedule labels and Resource labels You can also apply Schedule labels to bars in the Resource View Bar labels created in the Format Bar Style dialog do not display in the Calendar View Use the Format Calendar View dialog to create bar labels in the Calendar View To show data on a bar 1 Select a bar in your schedule 2 Click the Format Selected button The Format Bar Style dialog opens 3 Click the Schedule View Labels or Resource View Labels tab 4 If you wish to apply labels set in the Schedule View Labels tab to bars in the Resource View click the Use Schedule View Labels
150. dule and Calendar View filters Creating a column value filter Creating a column value filter You set the criteria for a Column Value filter in the Column Value Criteria tab of the Define Filter dialog Criteria you set in this tab can then be used as part or all of the filter that you define in the Options tab To use the Column Value Criteria tab of the Define Filter dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Filters amp Sorts 241 1 In the Schedule or Calendar View from the Project menu select Filters and choose Define The Filters dialog opens 2 Click the New button to create a new filter 3 In the Filter Name box enter a name for your filter 4 Click the Column Value Criteria tab 5 From the Column drop down list click to select a column in which to search for the Value for instance Activity Name 6 Click the Test cell in the table 7 From the Test drop down list select the appropriate comparer for the column value for instance lt gt not equal to 8 Click the Value cell in the table 9 Enter a value to look for in the specified column for instance Laura Spears or From the Insert Function Column into Value drop down list select a column or function A function is a value that represents a variable Notes If you have defined a value list for a column that value list will appear in the Value cell when the column is selected in the Column cell This helps avoid typing errors
151. e Dateline can move in real time by Auto Updating per the options you set Custom datelines and the Dateline can also be set to appear in the timeline on the static date and time which you set The location of the Project Start and Finish datelines is determined by the activity data in your schedule See also Using the Project Information form Rows Working with rows Working with rows Rows which are found in the Schedule View contain all of the information pertaining to a particular activity Resource rows which are found in the Resource View contain all of the information pertaining to a particular resource What would you like to do 2 Inserting rows I Entering activity and resource names I Outlining activities Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 7 2 I Collapsing activities and resource subrows I Expanding activities and resource subrows B Resizing rows 2 Moving rows 2 Changing the font attributes of rows 2 Formatting rows in the Schedule View B Formatting rows in the Resource View B Formatting summary bars 21 AutoFitting row height Selecting rows Selecting rows There are multiple ways to select a row or rows in the Schedule and Resource Views To select a row or rows 1 Click in the Row Number action column of the row you wish to select or To select contiguous rows hold down the Shift key click in the Row Number action column and drag the mouse to select mul
152. e endpoints SES T the calendar to a Milestone Determines the number of pixels high you would like SS TT in the calendar to Ss Snap Bars Begins display of milestones and the endpoints of bars at the to Cell Edge edge of a cell rather than the middle 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Calendar View dialog Note Bar formatting in the Format Calendar View dialog applies only to the Calendar View The appearance of bars in the Schedule and Resource Views are not affected See also The Calendar View Working in the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View 14 7 Formatting text in the Calendar View Formatting text in the Calendar View You can change the display of calendar text in the Format Calendar View dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 1 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 14 8 14 9 To format text in the Calendar View 1 In the Calendar View from the Format menu select View The Format Calendar View dialog opens Click the Font tab From the Format drop down list select which calendar text you wish to format Use the options to set the font name size style color and justification for the selected text a fk OU N Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Calendar View dialog See also The Calendar View Working in the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View Formatting the display of bar labels in the Calendar View Format
153. e graph This can only be done in the Schedule View or Information form Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 146 9 5 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Entering a value in the Duration column will draw a bar beginning now as defined by your computer and ending the specified number of duration units later You can type to draw a bar on a specific date or time by entering both a Start Date and a Finish Date or a Start Date Time and a Duration in the respective columns Because its dates times and durations determine a bar s position in the timeline or calendar changing a bar s dates times and durations changes the position of the bar To draw an activity bar by typing 1 Select a bar style from the Bar Styles drop down list 2 With the appropriate columns inserted in the layout enter a value in a cell of the Duration column 3 Click out of that cell A bar is drawn starting on today and lasting the number of Duration units you entered or 1 Select a bar style from the Bar Styles drop down list 2 Enter a value in the Start Date or Start Time column and a value in the Duration column 3 Press the Enter key on your keyboard or click out of the cell A bar is drawn beginning on the specified Start Date Time and lasting the number of Duration units you entered To draw or move a milestone by typing 1 Select a milestone style from the Bar Styles drop down list 2 Enter a value in the Start Dat
154. e hyperlink defined column This opens the default Internet browser or the mail application and goes to the address assigned to that hyperlink For example if you click a hyperlink with the address www aecsoftware com your default Internet browser for instance Safari Mozilla Firefox etc opens and goes to the Internet address in this case the AEC Software home page on the world wide web See also Working with columns Creating hyperlinks Entering and editing hyperlinks Formatting the display of column data Formatting the display of column data Changing the display of values in the column allows you to customize the appearance of the data it contains For instance you could change the display of dates from 6 18 to June 18 The display of values in a column is part of its format Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 132 8 16 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To format the display of data in a column 1 Double click the column heading of the column you want to format The Format Column dialog opens 2 Click the Display tab If display options are available for that column they will appear 3 Use the available options to format the display of the selected column s data 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Column dialog Notes Remember that the settings you have selected in the Application Preferences dialog affect the display options that appear in this
155. e ine xcs aa eaaa EEREEEN EENS 77 8 Shifting items in the timeline EE ee 79 9 Formatting datelines emmmer tees ecccscccerrccevecceescecetecuesecceecoseereceesecoeesesem 80 Chapter 7 Rows 82 1 Working With rows vue EES eececeercceeeeceeecccesecounesceseccenssasssse MME coeeecs 82 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 6 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual O OO N o om FP W NY Or ae e dt St det egw oN Oo Om P WN O 19 Chapter 8 O ON o om PF WO DN a KC bt eek ek i ch ek bt Sek Sek O O ON o om RF WY CO Selecting E 83 Ins FUNG FOWS 4 ones fac e eege ENEE EES 84 Entering activity and reSQUrce NAMES ceccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeneeeeseeneeeeeeeneneeceneeneneeseeseseeeeenes 85 OUTIINING ACUVILLE EE 86 Displaying outline 1eMels ce ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeseneenseeeseeneeeeeeeeeneeseneeneneesnaneseeeeeees 87 Collapsing activities and resource SUDLOWS EE 88 Expanding activities and resource subrouws ENEE 89 RESIZING TOW S22 Suite sei cedar eae ates acces hoe aie eaaa b ce a aaraa daaa a a aAa aAa wad daia Eiaa kia 90 MOVING Bee EE EN Showing and hiding owes AANEREN 92 Showing and hiding resource SUDLOWS ccc cece eee eee ee ee eeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 93 Formatting rows in the Schedule MieMW ccccceee cece eee ener eee ee eeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeesaeeeeeesaneeeeeees 94 Formatting rows by Outline level
156. e item s border line see Il Sets the color and size for the item s shadow Comer Radius Determine how sharp or rounded the comers of the item s border will be Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 25 5 25 5 1 Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 323 Set as Default Makes the options you select in the Border tab become the default for all items created in the future tee Sets font options for text boxes and legends 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the Format Item dialog See also Adding text boxes Adding pictures Text Boxes Adding text boxes Adding text boxes Adding text boxes to the timeline allows you to enter notes reminders and labels that customize the appearance of your schedule To add a text box 1 Select the Text Box tool from the Tools controls on the Format bar 2 Click in the timeline and drag out the width of text box that you want 3 Enter the content for the text box Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 324 25 5 2 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Notes As you enter text the text box adds more lines in order to fit the contents to the width you have defined To add labels to individual bar elements use the Schedule or Resource View Labels tab of the Format Bar Style dialog You can also add text boxes while in the Schedule or Resource Views Print Preview window Text boxes created in the Print Pr
157. e makes it simple for you to print a wall chart or large display version of your schedule using standard paper Collapsed Collapsed Refers to activities whose outline levels have been rolled up Their subactivities are no longer visible Columns Columns Columns display data related to each activity such as the start finish and duration of its activity bars the resources assigned to the activity and so on You can show as many columns as you want on either side of the timeline graph using the Columns tab in the Define Layout dialog Column Summaries Column Summaries Column summaries summarize the values currently displayed in columns They appear below the column they summarize Six types of summaries can be performed total average standard deviation minimum maximum and count Context clicking Control clicking Throughout the help documentation you will see references to control clicking or context clicking on items Control clicking refers to clicking with your right mouse button right clicking If your mouse does not have a right mouse button control clicking is holding down the Control key while clicking your mouse You control click to access context or shortcut menus that pertain directly to the object on which you click Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 374 30 20 30 21 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual It is a good idea to try control clicking on every object
158. e opened in the older version of FastTrack Schedule If you are attempting to convert a file before version 8 FastTrack Schedule will display an alert that the file was created with a version of the application whose files are no longer supported Click OK and call AEC Software Technical Support Important If you do not have FastTrack Schedule Version 8 or later please call AEC Software Technical Support at 703 450 2318 or email support aecsoftware com Dragging and dropping files Dragging and dropping files You can automatically open dropped FastTrack Schedule files by dragging them into the open application window You can also paste the full path name of any application s file into a column s cell or a text box Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Schedule Files To drag and drop a FastTrack Schedule file 1 Select a FastTrack Schedule file from outside the application and holding down the mouse button drag the file over the application icon in the dock and then release the mouse button This opens the dropped schedule file in FastTrack Schedule and shows the View in which that file was last saved To drag and drop a file name 1 Select a file and holding down the mouse button position the cursor over a cell of a column that supports text data or in a text box in the timeline and then release the mouse button If you have dropped a file this pastes the full file name and
159. e or Time cell 3 Press the Enter key on your keyboard or click out of the cell Notes The Duration is entered as the number of units you would like the activity to last For instance if the schedule is displaying durations in units of Days entering 4 in the Duration column draws a bar beginning on the present day and ending four days later Entering just a Duration gives the resulting bar a default Constraint type of As Soon As Possible Bars drawn with the Bar tool have a default Constraint type of Start On Or After See also Working with bars and milestones Showing columns Changing a bar or milestone to a different style Changing a bar or milestone to a different style At any time you can change a bar already drawn in the timeline and calendar to a different bar style Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 9 6 9 7 Activity Bars amp Milestones 147 which already exists in the Bar Styles Toolbar To change a bar to an existing bar style 1 Select the activity bar s or milestone s whose style you want to change 2 Select a new bar style from the Bar Styles drop down list Note If you change activity bars to milestones it erases the selected bars finish and duration data See also Working with bars and milestones Designing a new bar style Editing a bar style Deleting a bar or milestone Deleting a bar or milestone You can only delete a bar or milestone in the timeline g
160. e row in which you are working In the Schedule View the Information form opens In the Resource View the Resource Information form opens 2 In the Rows tab select the Columns tab 3 Within the Column Name Values table click the hyperlink symbol corresponding to the hyperlink column you want to edit The Define Hyperlink dialog opens 4 Use the options described above to edit a hyperlink 5 Click OK to close the Define Hyperlink dialog Notes Files must be entered as a complete path not simply the file name When entering URL addresses you must include the www portion of the address though typing http is not necessary See also Working with columns Creating hyperlinks Launching a file or URL address Launching a file or URL address Launching a file or URL address Launching opens the file or URL internet address that is defined by the value in a hyperlink cell To launch a file Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 8 15 Columns 131 1 Click the value in the hyperlink defined column This opens the application associated with the file you have selected and opens the file For example if you double click a hyperlink with the path c My Documents letter doc Microsoft Word opens and then the letter doc file opens assuming files with the doc extension are set by default to open with Microsoft Word To launch a URL internet address 1 Click the value in th
161. e the design of all the components in the example area select the Show All Components While Editing checkbox This allows you to view all the components while you are editing one of them See also Working with bars and milestones Editing a bar style Formatting a bar style Editing an existing bar style Editing an existing bar style Editing an existing bar style changes the appearance of the bar style using the Format Bar Style dialog You can edit a bar style in the Schedule Resource and Calendar Views Editing a bar style changes every instance of that bar style The steps below show you how to edit a basic bar For more information open the Format Bar Style dialog To edit the appearance of a bar style 1 In your schedule select the bar you want to edit 2 Click the Format Selected button The Format Bar Style dialog opens 3 From the Part to Edit list select the bar element you want to edit Or In the picture of the bar at the top of the dialog click on the bar element you want to edit 4 Based on the choice you have made use the options described below Point Shape From the Shape list select an existing point style and size Click the New button to create a new point style or the Edit button to edit an existing point style Bar Point Fill From the Bar Point Fill area select a color pattern and size Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 9 11 Activity Bars amp Milestones 151
162. ecific Click the drop down list above the Functions table and functions select to sort the functions by name or category or select to search the table for functions of a specific Enter a literal text In the field at the top of the dialog click where you want string to insert the text string enter quotes and enter the text between the quotes Values in quotations are interpreted literally by FastTrack Schedule The characters enclosed in quotation marks appear in the return value exactly as they appear in the calculation Enter a number In the field at the top of the dialog click where you want to insert the number and then enter the number See a description Single click an element from the Columns Operators or of an element Functions table and read the description below the Functions table Click the Function Reference button to open the help system to a detailed description of every function 3 Click the Check Calculation button to evaluate the calculation and verify it is correct Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 316 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Calculation dialog Notes Column names must be contained in square brackets and must be spelled exactly as they appear in the Columns table Only columns that store values per bar or resource can be used in a calculation this is displayed or determined in the Options tab of
163. ed below a Allows you to select a file saved on disk to import Browse Opens a dialog where you can navigate to a file whose data you want to import Clipboard Imports data that is stored on the Clipboard Values Separated with Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Importing and Exporting 265 Looks for tabs between values Looks for commas between values Locate Multiple Bars For lines of data that contain multiple sets of dates on Same Alignment Grid corresponding activity bars will be drawn on the same alignment grid within the row New Alignment For lines of data that contain multiple sets of dates Grid corresponding activity bars will be drawn on the successive alignment grid within the row only applicable if there are multiple grids Number of Defines the maximum number of outline levels to be imported Activity Levels For instance enter 2 if the import data contains activities with only one level of subactivities Import First Imports the first line of data as an activity or resource Do not Item select this if the first line of data is a column heading Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 266 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Import Settings Show Import Monitor Fields Enclosed in Quotes Optimize Outline Levels If selected the Import Monitor appears when the import begins use it to che
164. eee ee ee eee cane eeeeeesaeeseaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeees 60 10 Accessing document preferences EEN reese ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeaneeeeeeaneeeeeens 60 11 Setting project preferences c 1 _emmmtll aas eannan eanna 61 12 Setting general document preferencesy cccecececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaubbeeeseeeeeeesaeeeeeeees 64 13 Setting currency preferences EES ReeNEEEEESENEEEERSENEEEERSESEEEESEESEEEE EES 66 14 Setting tracking preferences eeeeeREERRRSRREEERRSSNEEEEESSSEEEERSENEEEESEENEESESESEEEEEEESES EE 67 15 Setting QuickLook prefergHGes cccceeeceeccseeceecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeoneeeeeceennceeecnensereoe eens 68 16 Setting document specific AutaArchive preferences EEN 70 17 Setting privacy prefe MaMGe s ceeeWereces caccceceeececcceeseeceon EE EE 70 Chapter 6 The Timeline 71 1 Chanoiog fe Omgine range EE eessen EES 71 2 Changing the timeline units NeN EE RRER EE RRE KR nnan na EE EEN 72 3 Changing the schedule duration units ccccececceeeeee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaneeeees 73 4 Changing the resource duration UNits ccc eeeeeeceeeeeee eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeees 74 5 Resizing timeline columns 2cceeeemereeinee eae tee eee ene Pennans aasia aneneen nannaa Been 75 6 Formatting the time LimepSigriglime s aa eee cu ccceecccneecccececceneecceecceseecceneecersccnseecceccoedercnss 75 7 Using Shift Sche duop
165. eeeseeeeeeeseneess 131 Changing font attributes of COIUMN NEACINGS cecccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneees 132 Changing the font attributes Of COLIS ceccccceee cece eeee ee eeee ee eeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeeeeeaneeeees 133 Formatting font styles by outline Ievel RENE ENNEN ENEE ENEE EE EREE EEN 135 Showing and hiding COLUMN NE ACGINGS ccececeeeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneneees 136 Using a woark breakdown structure eseeeeeNRRKEERRR EE RREE ERR EENRRR EE RREEE ENEE RREEEERREEEEENEEEEEEEN NEE 138 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 21 22 23 24 Chapter 9 O AON o om FPF WN er a a A OO N a O 15 Chapter 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Chapter 1 NO oO FP WD a Contents Changing the width of columns AEN 139 AutoFitting column widths 2 2e2 eege Eed Nensi napana Emeran Eep EEEa irpan a coe Piedi 140 Showing and hiding Action Columns AANEREN 140 Using Act on Colums desse dees ege d s ee eege REENEN EE Ehe EE 141 Activity Bars amp Milestones 143 Working with activity bars and milestones AEN 143 Drawing activity bars and milestones REENEN 144 Dragging activity bars and milestones ENEE 144 Typing dates to draw activity bars and milestones AA 145 Changing a bar ar milestone toa dUfferent stvle AAA 146 Deleting a bar or Mile Stone ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeneeseeensneesenae
166. efine which columns repeat on every page when you print the Schedule View or Resource View This is defined in the Page Options dialog which is accessed in the File menu See also Working with columns Using Layouts Choosing Page Options Using the column map Using the column map The Column Map is a reference that allows you to see side by side the default and custom name of every column available for use in the program The Column Map also indicates if data in that column is stored per row or per bar To open the Column Map 1 From the Tools menu select Column Map Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved The Column Map dialog opens 2 Click OK to close the Column Map dialog See also Working with columns Using Layouts Displaying columns 8 8 Changing the column name Changing the column name Column names are changed in the Format Column dialog To edit the name of a column 1 Select the column heading of the column you want to format 2 From the Format menu select Column The Format Column dialog opens 3 In the Options tab in the Customized Column Name box enter or edit the name you would like to display in the column heading The Default Column Name is static and will always appear in the option box below the column s customized name should you need to reference it 4 If the options are available for this column you can also choose how data in the column is stored either
167. egends Links Assignments Pointers Any conflict in data between a subordinate and the master file results in that data being excluded from consolidation If a column in a subordinate file is formatted to save data Per Bar and the same column in the master file is formatted to save data Per Row that column will not be included in the consolidation Consolidation is data driven not visual Formatting related information will not be consolidated Formatting is determined by the master file s preference settings You can edit Filter Sort Layout Range FastSteps and format settings in the master file but the changes will not be applied to the subordinate file unless you manually apply them Resources do not get deleted from the master file even if future updates of the subordinate file in which the resource originated no longer includes that resource You can consolidate subordinate files that have different Resource Work Calendars defined for the same Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 24 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 16 2 resource What would you like to do 21 Consolidate files I Learn about work calendar conflicts B Work with a master file Update a master file Consolidating files Consolidating files You can create a master file by inserting any accessible FastTrack Schedule file into an open FastTrack Schedule file To insert one project into another 1 From t
168. elected item 1 Using the Arrow tool select an element of the schedule 2 Use the controls in the Font and or Font Extras Toolbars to edit the font attributes of the selected element or 1 From the Format menu select Font or Ctrl click the item and choose Font from the context menu The Font dialog opens 2 Select the desired font name size style justification and color 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Font dialog See also Setting preferences Checking for spelling errors Checking for spelling errors FastTrack Schedule allows you to check for spelling errors in visible columns text boxes or within all three Views of the schedule simultaneously To check for spelling errors 1 From the Tools menu select Spelling and choose Check All Check Columns Check Text Boxes Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Schedule Files or Check Selected Text whichever fits your needs The Spelling dialog opens with the first unrecognized word displayed in the Not in Dictionary box 2 Select from the options described below Ignore Leaves the word in the Not in Dictionary box unchanged in the schedule Ignore All Leaves every occurrence of the word in the Not in Dictionary box unchanged Change Replaces the word in the Not in Dictionary box with the selected word in the Change To box Change All Replaces every occurrence of the word in the Not in Dictionary box with the
169. eline and or calendar to begin on the Start Date Time of the earliest task and end on the Finish Date Time of the latest task immediately giving you a view of every bar and milestone in your schedule To apply the All Bars Range 1 Click the All Bars button on the toolbar Or 1 From the Project menu choose Timeline Ranges and select All Bars Range from the submenu See also Applying a range Defining a range Editing a range Deleting a range Duplicating a range The Master Range Preferences Accessing application preferences Accessing application preferences Setting application preferences defines the general operation global formatting of dates times and Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved so FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual numbers and the editing automatic saving archiving and updating settings of every FastTrack Schedule file created thereafter To access application preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog opens 2 Select one of the following tabs General Dates Time Numbers Editing Save AutoArchive Update 3 Use the options in the dialog to set your preferences then click OK to close the dialog and apply your preferences Note Saving a file as a template keeps both the per Application and per Document preference settings of the original file See also Setting document preferen
170. ens 3 In the Columns tab click and drag on the column names in the Shown Columns table to change the position of the columns in this layout 4 Click OK to save your layout changes and close the Define Layout dialog 5 Click OK to apply the selected layout and close the Layouts dialog or Click Close to close the Layouts dialog without applying the layout The layout is saved even if it is not applied at this time See also Working with columns Using Layouts Locking and unlocking columns Locking and unlocking columns You can lock columns to the left and right of the timeline If you do so then only the area between the columns will scroll This allows you to keep the timeline and locked columns in view To lock a column Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 118 8 7 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 1 Select the column you want to lock by clicking in that column s heading 2 Control click and select Lock To unlock a column 1 Select the column you want to unlock by clicking in that column e heading 2 Control click and select Unlock Notes You can lock one column to the left of the timeline and one column to the right If you do so then only the area between the locked columns will scroll You can also lock and unlock columns within the Columns tab of the Define Layout dialog accessed by clicking the Layout button on the toolbar Locked columns can also be used to d
171. enu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 In the Project tab from the Duration Units drop down list select a unit of time 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Document Preferences dialog Durations will be calculated in the unit chosen from the drop down list Notes When you set Duration Units to be calculated in 24 Hour Calendar units the Custom Work Calendar while viewable is no longer applied to the schedule If you select the Use Custom Work Calendar option durations will be calculated according to the Work Calendar and this may cause bars to jump as you draw or drag them in the timeline graph See also Changing the timeline units Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 6 4 Using the work calendar Changing the resource duration units Changing the resource duration units Changing the resource duration units Duration in the Resource View is the amount of time allotted for a resource to work on a task the resource s allocation Duration can be calculated in various units If the schedule s duration units are calculated in work units only work units will be available in the Duration Units drop down list If the schedule s duration units are calculated in calendar units only calendar units will be available in the Duration Units drop down list To view resource duration in a diffe
172. er cil SE Sets a bottom line color to display in the row Sets a line size for the bottom line pattern you are opting to display in the row Display Location Allows the color pattern and line size to display on columns only the timeline graph only the columns and timeline or not at all Page Break After Sets a page break after the row you are currently this Row formatting 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Row dialog Notes If you are formatting several rows at once selecting Page Break After this Row puts a page break after each row The Set as Default option makes the selected settings the default for all newly created rows Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved See also Formatting summary bars 7 14 Formatting rows by outline level Formatting rows by outline level The row background and bottom lines can also be set by outline level For instance you could apply a different background color to rows in outline level 1 and 2 To change the formatting of rows by outline level 1 In the Schedule View select the row or rows whose outline level styles you wish to format Important You must have a row selected for outline level styles to apply to it If you merely select one row only that row will be formatted 2 From the Format menu select Row The Format Row dialog opens 3 In the Display tab select the Use Outline Styles checkbox 4 Click the Define Outl
173. er formats 55 picture alignment 290 text box alignment 293 time formats 51 values 120 defining actual dates and complete 162 alignment grids 156 290 bar styles 148 calculated columns 313 default values 120 FastSteps 340 filter 235 layout 188 MasterRange 47 ranges 43 revised dates 161 scheduled dates 160 sort 250 value lists 125 Work Calendar 257 Defining types of links 170 deleting 92 115 150 248 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved bar 147 columns 115 FastSteps sequence 342 filters 245 layout 190 links 175 milestone 147 range 46 sot 252 summary graphs 299 designing links 175 new bar styles 148 point styles 154 displaying action columns 140 alignment grid 288 column summaries 188 columns 113 188 critical path 178 hidden rows 249 labels on bars 198 links 175 outline levels 87 pages in Print Preview 220 summary graphs 188 299 timescales 282 WBS 138 Work Calendar 259 dragging and dropping files 28 130 bars 144 174 262 columns 116 188 legends 337 pictures 335 rows 91 summary graphs 308 text boxes 325 timescale rows 287 drawing bars and milestones 144 145 text boxes 323 duplicating FastSteps 343 filters 246 layouts 191 ranges 46 sorts 253 ER FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Duration Units 73 durations 71 73 144 145 261 7 editing bar styles 150 data 128 180 184 FastSteps 341 hyperlinks 128 ranges 45 text boxes 324 Edit
174. eria tab of the Define Filter dialog Criteria you set in this tab can then be used as part or all of the filter that you define in the Options tab To use the Date Time Criteria tab of the Define Filter dialog Bars Sets the date time filter to look only at the Scheduled componenet Revised or Actual component of activity bars in the schedule Starts In Asks the filter to search bars whose selected component starts in the specified date time range Ends In Asks the filter to search bars whose selected component ends in the specified date time range Is Contained In Asks the filter to search bars whose selected component is contained within the specified date time range Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Filters amp Sorts 243 Current X Allows you to select from a drop down list a defined date or time to act as the filter s specified date time range Select from Current Hour Day Week Month Quarter or Year From the drop down list select Custom Defined Range This Defined Range allows you to define using the numerous options provided a range of dates and or times that will act as the filter s specified date time range You can set a Start Date Time and a Finish Date Time or use a calculation to be the basis of your custom range Then you can choose to have the range start or finish a select number of units before or after the custom range For example this could allow you to filter
175. ery day you wish to set Notes Only specific non typical days are displayed in the calendar in the dialog In the Hours area you must enter periods of time in both the Start and Finish columns For instance the Standard calendar s default work day is 8 00 AM to 12 00 PM and 1 00 PM to 5 00 PM The Copy Day button copies the work shift details for a typical or specific day to the Clipboard The Paste Day button pastes work shift details from the Clipboard to a typical or specific day The Copy Calendar button copies the contents of the work calendar to the Clipboard The Paste Calendar button pastes a work calendar from the Clipboard to a new schedule The work shift details from a typical day can be pasted to a specific day or vice versa See also Working with resources Assigning resources to bars Assigning resources to bars Assignments link a resource and all its data to a task or tasks in the schedule The Schedule and Resource Views draw from two different pools of information Assignments act to bridge those two pools of information You can create a schedule full of tasks and you can create numerous resources complete with work calendars and cost data but until you actually assign a resource to a task the Schedule and Resource Views cannot interact To assign a resource to a bar 1 In the Schedule View click in a row s Information Form action column Or In the Schedule View double click on the bar or miles
176. es format the Priority column in the Format Column dialog so that it displays decimal places See also What is critical path Formatting the display of critical path Showing and hiding critical paths Showing and hiding the critical path Showing and hiding the critical path You can select whether or not to display the critical path between tasks in your schedule To show critical paths in your schedule 1 In the Schedule View from the View menu select Critical Paths When the critical path is displayed a check mark appears in the menu Notes A critical path displays only if bars in your schedule are linked When show Critical Path is selected the critical path or paths in your schedule update instantly as you make changes See also What is critical path Critical path and bar priority Formatting the display of critical path Formatting the display of a critical path Formatting the display of a critical path You control the appearance of the lines that represent the Critical Path There are critical path displays available in any file These can be edited to suit your needs To format the display of a critical path 1 In the Schedule View from the Format menu select Critical Path The Format Link dialog opens in the Critical Path tab 2 From the Critical Path Style drop down list select a level of critical path or Click the New button to create a new critical path Copyright 2010 AEC Software I
177. es to the Scheduled dates of an activity The Revised dates are always the most current dates Part of FastTrack Schedule s Scheduled Revised and Actual tracking for monitoring the progress of activities against a planned baseline Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 30 49 30 50 30 51 30 52 30 53 Glossary 381 Rows Rows Each row contains an activity or activities and the corresponding activity bar or bars You can perform operations on rows using the Action Columns Row Number Action Column Row Number Action Column This Action Column displays the row numbers of rows Clicking a row number selects the row and allows you to move it To display the Row Number action column from the View menu select Action Columns and choose Row Number Select Row from the submenu You can print row numbers by choosing Print Row Numbers in the Page Options dialog Schedule Schedule Contains activities which are displayed in columns and a timeline graph that displays the activities bars Each file that you create in FastTrack Schedule is a schedule Scheduled Dates Scheduled Dates Represent when an activity is planned to start and end This is the basic component of an activity bar drawn with the Bar tool Also called Baseline Dates Part of FastTrack Schedule s Scheduled Revised and Actual tracking for monitoring the progress of activities against a planned baseline Slack Lead La
178. escale row you want to format Or 1 Select the timescale row you wish to format 2 From the Format menu select Timescale The Format Timescale Row dialog opens Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 282 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 21 3 Note You can format multiple timescale rows at once by selecting them and then opening the Format Timescale Row dialog See also Choosing new units Formatting timescale row gridlines Showing hiding and mirroring timescale areas Showing hiding and mirroring timescale areas Showing the top and or bottom timescale area labels the timeline dividing it into units of time from hours to fiscal years Mirroring timescale areas produces another version of the top timescale area in the bottom timescale area To show or hide timescale areas 1 From the Project menu select Layouts and choose Define from the submenu The Layouts dialog opens with the current Layout selected 2 Click Edit The Define Layout dialog opens 3 In the Columns tab select or clear the following check boxes Column Headings Displays the column headings and top timescale in the and Timescale Top Schedule or Resource Views Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 21 4 Timescales 283 Column Summaries Displays column summaries if any are defined and a and Timescale bottom timescale in the Schedule or Resource Views Bottom
179. eserved Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 335 25 6 4 Moving pictures 25 7 25 7 1 Moving pictures Moving a picture allows you to change its position in the timeline You can move pictures added to the Schedule View timeline and to the Print Preview layer You cannot move pictures in an image column cell they will always be centered in the cell To move a picture 1 Click the picture and drag its outline to the desired position Notes Holding down the Shift key constrains the picture to moving vertically or horizontally You can also nudge the picture one pixel at a time by selecting it and pressing the left right up or down arrows on your keyboard Moving the picture up or down can change the row to which it belongs that is the row that contains the picture s top edge Operations that affect its new row such as collapsing also affect the picture See also Adding pictures Formatting pictures Resizing pictures Legends Inserting legends Inserting legends Inserting a legend creates a key to the bar styles used in the schedule It lists the chosen bar style and allows you to assign a name or a label to each bar style You can create multiple legends in the Schedule View and the Schedule and Resource Print Preview windows Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 336 25 7 2 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To insert a legend 1 From the Insert menu select Legend
180. esource View the same action column opens the Resource Information form in the Information tab To open the Information form in the Schedule View 1 Click in a row s Information form action column or 1 Double click a bar in the schedule to open the Information form in the Bars gt Columns tab or 1 Select a schedule row 2 From the Project menu select Activity Information If resources are assigned to the selected activity you can open their Resource Information forms by choosing Resource Information from the Project menu To open the Resource Information form in the Resource View 1 Click in a resource row s Information form action column or 1 Select a resource row 2 From the Project menu select Resource Information See also Entering and editing data in the Activity tab of the Information form Entering and editing data in the Bars tab of the Information form Using Action Columns 12 2 Working in the Row tab of the Information form Working in the Row tab of the Information form In the Row tab you have access to data for all of the columns relating to a particular activity which store data per row rather than per bar To enter data in the Row tab 1 Click in a row Information Form action column The Information form opens in the Row tab 2 Enter or edit data using the options described below Activity Name Displays the name of the activity whose data is currently window being shown in the form Enter
181. eview window appear only in Print Preview and the printed schedule See also Editing text boxes Resizing text boxes Moving text boxes Formatting text boxes Changing the font attributes of text boxes Using Print Preview Editing text boxes Editing text boxes Editing a text box allows you to enter new text that replaces or adds to the old content To edit a text box 1 With the Arrow tool selected double click an existing text box 2 Enter or edit text in the text box See also Adding text boxes Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 25 5 3 25 5 4 Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 325 Resizing text boxes Resizing text boxes Resizing text boxes changes the width of the text box causing it to add or remove lines in order to fit content to the new width To resize a text box 1 Click the text box to select it 2 Click on one of the resize handles and drag the text box s outline to the desired width Note The number of lines needed to fit its contents to the current width automatically determines the height of a text box You can only resize the height of text boxes by changing the number of lines required to fit the text or by increasing the size of the background in the Border tab of the Format Item dialog See also Adding text boxes Moving text boxes Moving text boxes You can change the position of text boxes in the schedule To move a text box 1 Click t
182. f the column you would like to change The Format Column dialog opens 2 Click the Font tab 3 Select the Use Outline Styles checkbox 4 Click the Define Outline Styles button The Column Outline Level Styles dialog opens 5 In the Outline Level table select the outline level to which you want to apply font attributes 6 Use the available options to change the font size style color line spacing and justification 7 Click OK to close the Column Outline Level Styles dialog 8 Select Apply to All Cells in Column and Set as Default to apply the font attributes to every cell in the selected column and all new cells in the column or Click Apply to Unformatted Cells and Set as Default to apply the selected font attributes to just those cells whose font attributes you have not specifically changed and any new cells in the column Specifically formatted cells are those which you have formatted somewhere other than the Format Column dialog For instance if you have changed a cell using the Font Toolbar Font Extras Toolbar or Font dialog these cells are considered formatted and would not change if you selected Apply to Unformatted Cells Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 136 8 19 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual and Set as Default Formatted cells whose styles were not set by column will only change if you select the Apply to All Cells in Column and Set as Default option 9 Click OK to apply your change
183. f the total available allocation time available for the specified resource that is being used The appearance of the graph can be formatted in the Format Resource Row dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 380 30 44 30 45 30 46 30 47 30 48 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Pictures Pictures Pictures are graphic items that contain images e g clip art that you paste into the Schedule View or Print Preview windows and in the Resource View within image columns Pointers Pointers Pointers are lines that branch out from items such as text boxes and pictures and extend to any point on the timeline graph to which you want the item to refer Frequently items are situated on the timeline in such a way that it is not clear with what they are to be associated Pointers act as a graphic representation of the relatedness of an item to some part of the schedule such as a bar ora point in time Pointers are only available in the Schedule View Project Hierarchies Project Hierarchies Refers to the grouping or break down of activities into different levels In FastTrack Schedule project hierarchies are created by outlining activities and their subactivities in the Activity Name column or by creating a Work Breakdown Structure WBS Revised tool Sa Revise tool Changes the activity s Revised start and or finish dates times and duration Revised Dates Revised Dates Represent chang
184. footer that appear when you print that View or use the Print Preview window of that View This allows you to include information such as the file name date and page number on printed pages To add headers and footers 1 In the Schedule Calendar or Resource View from the View menu select Header and Footer or In Print Preview click LiL the Header amp Footer button on the Format Bar The Header and Footer dialog opens 2 From the Format drop down list select Header or Footer 3 Select a cell in the left center or right table into which you want to place information Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 222 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 17 4 4 From the Insert into Cell drop down list select one of the pre defined pieces of data or Enter custom information into the left center or right table 5 From the Display Options drop down list select which pages the data will display on 6 If you wish click the Font button to define the textual appearance of data in the cell 7 Click OK to apply your font styles and close the Font dialog 8 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Header and Footer dialog Notes Each table can contain multiple pieces of data The Copy All button copies every piece of data from the Header and Footer tables to the Clipboard The Paste All button pastes Header and Footer data from the Clipboard You can copy and paste between similar files You
185. for the month of October plus an additional 14 days See also Working with Schedule and Calendar View filters Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 24 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 18 7 Filtering and sorting Working with Resource View filters Working with Resource View filters Though you can create filters in all three Views the Resource View has different columns and data than the Schedule and Calendar Views and therefore has different filter options All the filter options for the Resource View are available in a single tab in the Define Filter dialog To create a Resource View filter 1 In the Resource View from the Project menu select Filters and choose Define The Filters dialog opens 2 Click the New button to create a new filter 3 In the Filter Name box enter a name for your filter 4 Select a cell in the Column column of the table 5 From the Column drop down list click to select a column in which to search for the Value for instance Resource Name 6 Click the Test cell in the table 7 From the Test drop down list select the appropriate test for the column value for instance lt Less Than 8 Click the Value cell in the table 9 Enter a value to look for in the specified column for instance Sue Jones or From the Insert Function Column into Value drop down list select a function A function is a value that represents a variable For instance the current date o
186. g is to restore and expand all rows prior to filtering If these options are changed and a row activity bar resource row or resource subrow is not displayed because it is hidden or collapsed that information is not searched In order to match the filter criteria the entire value of the searched cell must match the search value For instance if the filter was searching the Resource Name column and the search value was Johnson a resource named Johnson would match but Seth Johnson would not match Using the wildcard character in your filter criteria the search value Johnson would find Seth Johnson Any changes you make to the order of rows while rows are hidden may not be restored Changes that Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 2 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 18 11 affect the order of activities include moving rows inserting rows deleting rows cutting rows and pasting rows The main purpose of selecting rows with a filter is to highlight them Once rows are highlighted you may select either Hide Selected or Hide Unselected from the Tools menu or perform other selection based operations like copying deleting and moving See also Hiding and showing rows Restoring hidden rows Creating and editing filters Filtering and sorting Showing and hiding rows Showing and hiding rows You can hide and show rows using commands in the Edit menu This allows you to select individu
187. g and apply the layout that is currently selected 0 r Click Close to close the Layouts dialog without applying a layout See also Using Layouts Defining a layout Applying a layout Duplicating a layout Duplicating a layout Layouts can be duplicated in the Layouts dialog To duplicate a layout 1 From the Project menu select Layouts and choose Define The Layouts dialog opens 2 Select the layout you wish to duplicate 3 Click the Duplicate button The Define Layout dialog opens 4 Edit the new layout 5 Click OK to sawe the layout and close the Define Layout dialog 6 Click OK to close the Layouts dialog and apply the layout that is currently selected 0 r Click Close to close the Layouts dialog without applying a layout Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 191 192 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual See also Using Layouts Defining a layout Applying a layout 13 5 Applying a layout Applying a layout Applying a layout is a shortcut to showing hiding and moving elements of the Schedule and Resource Views To apply a layout 1 Click the Layouts button and select the layout you wish to apply from the drop down list Or From the Project menu select Layouts and choose the layout name from the submenu See also Using Layouts Defining a layout 14 The Calendar View 14 1 The Calendar View The Calendar View The Calendar View displays informati
188. g and editing data in the Activity tab of the Information form 12 6 The Bars gt Links tab of the Information form Entering and editing data in the Bars gt Links tab of the Information form In the Bars gt Links tab you have access to all the information about an activity barlinks You view the information in terms of links to predecessor and successor bars To enter data in the Bars gt Links tab of the Information form 1 Double click on an activity bar The Information form for that bar opens in the Bar gt Columns tab 2 Click the Bars gt Links tab 3 Enter or edit the link data in the Predecessors and Successors tables 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Information form Go to Managing Links for a complete discussion of every option in the Bars gt Links tab of the Information form See also Entering and editing data in the Activity tab of the Information form Entering and editing data in the Bars tab of the Information form Opening Information forms Managing links Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 186 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 12 7 The Bars gt Assignments tab of the Information form Entering and editing data in the Bars gt Assignments tab of the Information form In the Bars gt Assignments tab you have access to all the information about an activity barassigned resources To enter data in the Bars gt Assignments tab of the Information form 1 Double click on an activity ba
189. g columns that are currently displayed allows you to simplify the appearance of the Schedule View or Resource View To hide columns 1 To hide a column select the heading of the column you wish to hide 2 Control click and select Hide or 1 To hide multiple columns click the Layout button and choose Define from the submenu The Layouts dialog opens 2 Select the name of the layout you wish to view in the Layouts table 3 Click the Edit button The Define Layout dialog opens 4 In the Columns tab select the name of a column you want to hide from the Shown Columns table 5 Click the Hide button to move the column out of the Shown Columns table and back to the Available Columns table 6 Repeat until all the columns you want to hide have been removed from the Shown Columns table or Click the Hide All button to hide all columns 7 Click OK to save your layout and close the Define Layout dialog 8 Click OK to apply the selected layout and close the Layouts dialog or Click Close to close the Layouts dialog without applying the layout The layout is saved for later use Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 116 8 5 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Notes Hiding a column hides its information You can delete data but you cannot delete a column you can only hide it Layouts are time savers If you find yourself showing hiding and moving columns often you should define a new layout tha
190. g or typing the first few characters ExpressDate Display the ExpressDate pop up calendar allowing you to Calendar enter dates with a series of mouse clicks ExpressTime Display the ExpressTime pop up clock allowing you to Clock enter times with a series of mouse clicks 4 If you choose the Custom Value List option enter values into the preset Value List table as you want them to appear You can click on a value and drag it up or down to change the order of the list or Use the buttons described below to help you build the list as P gg Copy List Store the values in the table so that you can paste them into another column s value list or into other applications Paste List Enter the values copied from another column s value list or another application If there is an existing value list this replaces it Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Columns 127 Clear List Erase all values in the value list table bes From Automatically create an entry in the value list table for each Column unique value currently stored in the column Reorder the values in the table into alphabetically ascending Keesen Ascending order 0 9 A Z a z Kass Descending Reorder the values in the table into alphabetically descending order z a Z A 9 0 To move a row up or down in the Value List table select the row and drag it up or down to the desired position When a ro
191. g time Describes the amount of time before which the finish of one activity affects the start of another activity Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 382 30 54 30 55 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Slipping Slipping Refers to the act of making a date later While you can slip the Scheduled component of an activity the term slipping usually denotes a change in the Revised dates Revised dates can be set using the Revised tool Spot Allocation What is spot allocation Spot allocation is the act of editing a portion of an assigned resource s total Time Usage i e Hourly Daily etc in the Assignments subrow of the Resource View Spot allocation is based on the Resource View timeline units as you have currently defined them i e Work Hours Work Days etc A spot allocation example If on Wednesday the 21st and Thursday the 22nd resource Ann Parker is assigned to work 8 hours on the task Design and 8 hours on the task Prototype she has a total Hourly Usage on those days of 16 hours Because you have defined her typical work day as being 8 hours in length Ann Parker is over allocated on the 21st and 22nd The solution is to spot allocate her hours directly in the Resource View timeline Simply click to select the display of Wednesday the 21st and Thursday the 22nd s hours which are shown below the bar representing the task Design in the Assignments subrow Change the hours for bo
192. ginal order of your rows the one to which you return when you use Restore All Note Any changes you make to the order of rows while they are sorted may not be restored Changes that Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Filters amp Sorts 255 affect the order of rows include moving inserting deleting cutting and pasting rows See also Defining sort criteria Restoring sorted rows Filtering and sorting 18 17 Restoring sorted rows Restoring sorted rows Once you have sorted rows you can return to the original Master Sort order again by restoring the rows To restore sorted rows in Schedule or Resource Views 1 From the Project menu select Restore All Note Restoring does not necessarily return your View to the same appearance it had before you sorted rows If you have made changes that affect the order of activities or resources these changes cannot be restored Changes that affect the order of rows include moving inserting deleting cutting and pasting rows See also Defining sort criteria Applying sorts Filtering and sorting Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 25 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 19 19 1 Work Calendars Using Work Calendars Using Work Calendars In Fast Track Schedule there are three types of work calendars project activity and resource You assign just one work calendar to the project but any activity can be a
193. gs of all bars to which Effort Driven Scheduling is currently applied You can choose to leave those bars unchanged apply Effort Driven Scheduling to every bar in the document or apply Effort Driven Scheduling to no bars in the document Lets you choose how to change the settings of all bars currently designated to Ignore Resource Calendars You can choose to leave those bars unchanged make every bar in the document Ignore Resource Calendars or make no bars in the document Ignore Resource Calendars Leaves the current timeline range unchanged after using the Restore All option Allows you to select a range to be applied after using the Restore All option Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved ss FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 5 13 Apply last range prior to Applies the range last selected prior to running the filter or sort that necessitated use of the Restore All Apply All Bars Range Applies the All Bar Range after using the Restore All option The All Bar Range shows you a window of time in the timeline that begins on your earliest bar s Start Date Time and ends on your latest bar s Finish Date Time 4 Click OK to close the Document Preferences dialog and apply your preferences See also Document preferences Setting application preferences Setting currency preferences Setting currency preferences You can choose to set the currency denominator of the open document
194. h of a column allows you to resize it to make the text in its heading and the data in its cells fit better To change the width of a column 1 Position the cursor over the right vertical gridline of the column heading you want to resize 2 When the Horizontal Resize cursor appears hold down the mouse button and drag the gridline to the right to make the column wider or to the left to make the column narrower Note You can also resize the column width in the Display tab of the Format Column dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 140 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual See also Working with columns Changing the width of timescale amp timeline columns 8 22 AutoFitting column width AutoFitting column width AutoFitting column width automatically resizes the width of columns to fit the longest line of text in a column You can choose this option after the text is entered Once you select the option that width will remain until you resize the column To autofit column width 1 Select a column s heading 2 From the Tools menu select AutoFit and choose Column Width from the submenu This will resize the column width to fit the longest line of text with no carriage retums See also Working with columns AutoFitting row height 8 23 Showing and hiding Action Columns Showing and hiding Action Columns Action Columns can be shown and hidden individually or as a group When displayed
195. h the converted file open from the File menu select Save As ak O N Enter a new name and or location for the file and click OK This saves the schedule in a new name or location converting it to the current platform Entering a new name and or location preserves the original file in its native format To convert a Macintosh file to a Windows file 1 In the Windows version of FastTrack Schedule click the Application Button which is the graphic Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 3 5 Schedule Files at the top left of the FastTrack Schedule window to open the Application menu then select Open The Open dialog opens 2 Select the name of the file to be converted 3 Click Open 4 With the converted file open click the Application Button which is the graphic at the top left of the FastTrack Schedule window to open the Application menu then select Save As 5 Enter a new name and or location for the file and click OK This saves the schedule in a new name or location converting it to the current platform Entering a new name and or location preserves the original file in its native format Notes For a schedule built with the Mac version of FastTrack Schedule the Mac file must be saved with the fts extension for example schedule fts Because of differences in the fonts available for Windows and Mac some text may appear differently across platforms FastTrack Schedule assign
196. he FastSteps dialog To duplicate a FastStep 1 Click the FastSteps button and choose Define from the choice list The FastSteps dialog opens 2 Select the FastStep you wish to duplicate 3 Click the Duplicate button The Define FastSteps dialog opens 4 Edit the new FastStep 5 Click OK to save the new FastStep and close the Define FastSteps dialog 6 Click OK to close the FastSteps dialog and apply the FastStep that is currently selected or Click Close to close the FastSteps dialog without applying a FastStep See also What are FastSteps 26 6 Running an existing FastSteps sequence Running an existing FastSteps sequence Once you have created a FastSteps script you can run it at any time you are working on a schedule Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 27 27 1 Keep in mind however that changes to filters sorts layouts and ranges will affect any FastSteps that include them To run an existing FastSteps sequence 1 Click the FastSteps button and select the FastStep you wish to run from the choice list Note Ifa FastSteps script is unable to run the Define FastSteps dialog opens with the command that does not work highlighted Most likely the FastStep contains a filter sort layout or range that has been deleted or renamed See also Editing an existing FastSteps sequence What are FastSteps iCalendar Integration Working
197. he File menu choose Consolidate then select Define The Define Consolidation dialog opens 2 Use the options described below to consolidate files Add Allows you to navigate to a file you want to insert into the master file Remove Removes a file from the table That file will no longer be inserted into the master file or updated The Removed file will then be removed from the master file though it had been inserted previously Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Consolidation 215 Locate Opens a navigation window showing the path of the selected subordinate file If you have copies of the same file in different locations Locate allows you to be sure you are consolidating the correct copy Files are Every subordinate file in the master file will share the same subproject Project Finish Date and Time those of the master file option Files are Every subordinate file in the master file will maintain its own project Project Finish Date and Time option Update i Inserts the most recent saved version of the selected file Update All i Selects and updates every file in the dialog and closes the dialog Closes the dialog Notes It is recommended that all subordinate files have the same Work Calendar as the master file s Work Calendar It is recommended that if one of the subordinate files has a 24 Hour Work Calendar that the master Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All r
198. he left edge of the item to the grid Aligns the right edge of the item to the grid Aligns the top edge of the item to the grid Aligns the bottom edge of the item to the grid how much of the picture displays in the schedule Determines the number of pixels that surround the picture Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Alignment Grids 297 Horizontal Positions the picture to the left or right of the alignment grid Enter a positive number to move the picture to the right or a negative number to move the picture to the left Is available only when the Top or Bottom Alignment option is selected Vertical Positions the picture above or below the alignment grid Enter a positive number to move the picture up or a negative number to move the picture down Is available only when the Top or Bottom Alignment option is selected 5 If you want to apply this alignment to all new pictures click the Set as Default button 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Item dialog See also Defining alignment grids Aligning items to grids Snapping items to grids 22 7 Aligning items to grids Aligning items to grids Aligning items to grids helps you position them precisely by moving the item to the closest alignment grid according to the alignment options defined for the selected item Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved ER FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To align
199. he number of Per Timeline Unit gridlines you specify 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the dialog Changes made to the Schedule View s gridlines do not apply to the Resource View gridlines and vice versa Note The Gridline Divisions per Timeline Unit box allows you to enter the number of columns you want shown in each timeline unit See also Setting preferences Defining font attributes for a selected item 6 7 Using Shift Schedule Using Shift Schedule Using Shift Schedule moves your bars in the timeline graph forward or backward a chosen number of units Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To shift your schedule the Schedule View timeline 1 From the Tools menu select Shift and choose Schedule The Shift Schedule dialog opens 2 Select from the options described below Shift Forward Defines in which direction of time the items will be moved Backward Number f Defines the number of units the items will be moved Units Defines the units of time described by the Number box For instance you could move an item Forward four Work Days or Forward four Calendar Days 3 Click Shift to shift items and keep the Shift Schedule dialog open Or Click Done to close the Shift Schedule dialog without shifting items See also Dragging activity bars and milestones Shifting Items in Timeline Graph Copyright 2010 AEC Softwa
200. he text box and drag it to a new position in the schedule Notes Holding down the Shift key constrains the text box to moving vertically or horizontally You can position the text precisely by using alignment grids Moving the text box up or down can change the row to which it belongs that is the row that contains Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 326 25 5 5 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual the top edge of the text box Operations such as collapsing that affect its new row also affect the text box See also Adding text boxes Changing the font attributes of text boxes Changing the font attributes of text boxes Changing the font size style color and justification of text allows you to customize the appearance of the text boxes in your schedule To change the font attributes of a text box 1 Select the text box 2 Use the Font controls to format the font attributes of the text box or 1 select the text box 2 From the Format menu select Text Box The Format Item dialog opens 3 Click the Font tab 4 Select the font attributes 5 Click OK to save your changes and close the Format Item dialog Notes The font attributes defined for the text box affect all its contents you cannot define different font attributes for separate words You can define default font attributes for future text boxes by selecting a text box with the desired font attributes openi
201. he updating of data in the Resource Cost column when a resource s effort is modified Improved link selection controls minimizing unintended link deletion Added a Table of Contents to the Concurrent User Guide PDF Concurrent User Versions Added the ability to enter four digit years in the Define Range dialog providing the ability to display historic timeline ranges Restored a feature available in prior versions providing the ability to enter four digit years in the QuickRange Changed the file type of the Send to Mail Recipient as Picture feature to PDF providing a higher quality image from Print Preview and the Schedule Resource Calendar Views gt Bug Fixes Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 366 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual e Fixed error involving disappearing values in the Activity Name column e Fixed error involving a null Resource Name e Fixed error regarding Send to Mail Recipient as Picture from Print Preview e Fixed error regarding opening the Define Consolidation dialog e Fixed error involving bars sometimes not appearing when drawn e Fixed error when pasting data from other applications into the Activity Name cell and Information form e Fixed display of labels in Column Summaries enabling labels to now display in the users system language e Fixed error regarding AutoText in Header Footer e Fixed the Keyboard Shortcuts link in the Help menu e Fixed the Help button link
202. hich stands for Microsoft Project exchange is an ASCII file format that automates and simplifies the process of opening data between applications There are many benefits to opening and saving files in the mpx extension In addition to the transfer of raw data date and time formats the work calendar outline levels and links are also preserved MPX does not capture font attributes for example font color font size bar styles etc Important Microsoft Project can only read MPX files The data will have to be saved as some other file type XML for instance What would you like to do 2 Open an MPX file in FastTrack Schedule Export FastTrack Schedule as MPX Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 280 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 21 21 1 See also Importing data Exporting data Timescales Working with timescale rows Working with timescale rows A timescale contains timescale rows that label the dates and times on the timeline graph The timescale rows can be formatted to display different divisions of the base timeline units For instance a schedule that is divided into base timeline units of weeks might also have timescale rows that group the timescale into months and fiscal quarters Timeline units are set in the Format Schedule View dialog or Format Resource View dialog Timescales and timelines can differ in the Schedule and Resource Views Timescale area Sect
203. i Command Shift N Go To Bar d Command D Go To Row f Command G Go To Today i Command T Help Contents Command Insert Selected Item j Command Shift Italics on off fl Command Information Form i Command Option Launch File URL fl Command L Link Selected Bars f Command Shift L Minimize all windows Command Shift M Minimize current window A Command M New document e Command N Nudge Down I Down Arrow Nudge Left i Left Arrow Nudge Right V Right Arrow Nudge Up i Up Arrow Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Reference Information 351 352 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual e e a et Print Preview Command Option P teal ve a ae fl eg CGommand Shift S Save as Template Command Option S Toolbar Show Hide Command Option T Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Reference Information 353 Unlink Bars i Command Shift U 29 2 Additional Help Resources 29 2 1 AEC Software support services AEC Software support services If you have a question about the operation of the application first look in the Online Help System resources outlined in the Online help section If you cannot find the answer to your question contact AEC Software Technical Support Technical Support is typically available Monday through Friday between 8 00 AM and 5 00 PM Eastern Standard Time USA You can contact AEC Softw
204. ialog 6 Click OK to close the Filters dialog and apply the filter that is currently selected or Click Close to close the Filters dialog without applying a filter See also Working with Schedule and Calendar View filters Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 18 10 Filters amp Sorts 247 Filtering and sorting Applying a filter Applying a filter When you apply a filter FastTrack Schedule searches the displayed activities for values that match the filter criteria It then selects or shows only those matching activities To apply a filter 1 To apply an existing filter immediately click Filters on the toolbar and select the filter from the drop down list or From the Project menu select Filters and choose from the list of existing filters in the submenu or From the Project menu select Filters and choose Define from the submenu The Filters dialog opens 2 Select the filter you want to apply from the table of filter names 3 In the Matching Rows area select either Show which displays only those activities that meet the filter criteria or Select which highlights the activities that meet the filter criteria In the Calendar View activity bars can only be shown or hidden by a filter not selected 4 Click OK to apply the selected filter and close the Filters dialog Notes The filter only looks at displayed data The default setting in the Options tab of the Define Filter dialo
205. icate button The Define Sort dialog opens 4 Edit the new sort 5 Click OK to close the Sorts dialog and apply the sort that is currently selected or Click Close to close the Sorts dialog without applying a sort See also Defining sort criteria Applying sorts Filtering and sorting 18 16 Applying a sort Applying a sort Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 25 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Applying a sort rearranges rows based on the values in their sorted columns For multiple level sorts rows are arranged in order initially by the first column Then all rows with the same value in the first sort are arranged in order by the values in their second column To apply a sort 1 To apply an existing sort immediately click Sorts on the toolbar and select the sort from the drop down list or From the Project menu select Sorts and choose from the list of existing sorts in the submenu or From the Project menu select Sorts and choose Define from the submenu The Sorts dialog opens 2 Select the name of the sort you wish to apply from the Sorts table 3 If desired select the Define as Master Sort checkbox to designate the currently selected sort as the Master Sort 4 Click OK to apply the sort and close the Sorts dialogs or Click Close to close the dialog without applying the sort The sort is saved for later use Important Defining a sort as the Master Sort deletes the ori
206. identally resizing rows in other columns Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved am FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 5 7 Data and Action Columns Allows resizing of row height in both the Action Columns and the data columns Imported Files Allows you to select whether or not FastTrack will streamline the appearance of the schedule to show all data from imported MPX and XML files 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the dialog See also Application preferences Setting document preferences Setting save preferences Setting save preferences You can choose to automatically save your open FastTrack Schedule file at regularly scheduled intervals To set save preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Save tab 3 Select from the options available 4 Click OK to close the FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog and apply your preferences See also Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Preferences ER Application preferences Setting document preferences 5 8 Setting AutoArchive preferences Setting AutoArchive preferences You can choose to automatically archive your open FastTrack Schedule file by saving a snapshot of your schedule in a specified location at regular intervals and with incremented naming For example you can choose to append a numerical suffix to
207. ights reserved 216 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual file s Work Calendar also be set to a 24 Hour Work Calendar Subordinate files whose Work Calendars do not match the master file s Work Calendar can be inserted in the master file When files have different Work Calendars a log file is created that will analyzes and documents the differences in Work Calendars If you want to consolidate several files with matching custom Work Calendars simply modify the Work Calendar of the master file to match You can simply Copy a Work Calendar and Paste the Work Calendar into all the resources and files by using the Copy Calendar and Paste Calendar buttons in the Work Calendar dialog See also Understanding Consolidation Consolidation Work Calendar Conflicts Working with a master file Updating a master file 16 3 Consolidation and work calendars Consolidation work calendar conflicts Work calendars are a key factor in the consolidation of schedules and should the subordinate file differ from the Master File work calendar tasks and activities scheduled in the subordinate file will have different scheduling attributes FastTrack Schedule analyzes and documents the differences in Work Calendars between the master file and the subordinates which you can save in a log file in text format The file is organized in two sections The first section shows the master file work calendar and resources calendars indicating non work days a
208. ights reserved 282 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual move out of their respective outline levels when sorted When the All Rows to Move Anywhere option is selected rows can move out of their outline levels Changes made to the order of activities while the schedule is sorted in this manner cannot be restored See also Applying sorts Restoring sorted rows Filtering and sorting 18 14 Deleting a sort Deleting a sort Sorts can be deleted in the Sorts dialog To delete a sort 1 From the Project menu select Sorts and choose Define The Sorts dialog opens 2 Select the sort you wish to delete 3 Click the Delete button A confirmation dialog appears asking you to verify that the sort will be deleted 4 Click OK to delete the sort or Cancel to retain the sort If you delete the sort it will no longer be available from the Sorts Toolbar or Sorts submenu 5 Click OK to close the Sorts dialog and apply the sort that is currently selected or Click Close to close the Sorts dialog without applying a sort See also Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Filters amp Sorts 253 Defining sort criteria Applying sorts Filtering and sorting 18 15 Duplicating a sort Duplicating a sort Sorts can be duplicated in the Sorts dialog To duplicate a sort 1 From the Project menu select Sorts and choose Define The Sorts dialog opens 2 Select the sort you wish to duplicate 3 Click the Dupl
209. ill not be able to resize the timeline columns if Fit to Pages Width is selected in the Page Options dialog Fit to Pages sets the timeline columns at a width that will allow them to print to the specified number of pages If you want to resize timeline columns select Standard or Wall Chart Tiled from the Page Options dialog See also Changing the width of columns Changing the timeline range 6 6 Formatting the timeline s gridlines Formatting the timeline s gridlines Formatting gridlines defines the display of gridlines in columns and the timeline graph in the Schedule Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual and Resource Views To format gridlines in a timeline 1 From the Format menu select Gridlines 2 Select from the options described below Optimize Automatically defines separate gridlines for display and printing When displayed on screen gridlines are gray or dotted When printed to a dot matrix printer gridlines are dotted When printed to a high resolution printer 300 dpi or greater gridlines are solid hairlines Allows you to design your own gridlines Define the size style and color of the gridlines Column Horizontal Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved The Timeline Timeline Displays horizontal gridlines in the timeline graph Horizontal Gridline Divisions Allows you to subdivide a timeline unit with t
210. ime available for work on activities Once Work Calendars have been defined you can use them in several ways To display the work schedule in the Schedule View timeline by hiding and or shading non work times To help you schedule activities during project work times only To help you note assigned resources non work periods There are three key elements of the Work Calendar the selected Calendar Typical Days and Specific Days This element Selected Determines the calendar you assign to a project activity or Calendar resource and from which you may build a custom calendar Choose from Standard 8 hour work days Monday Friday 24 Hours 24 hour work days seven days a week Night Shift a 40 hour work week from 11 PM 8 AM and any custom calendars you have created Typical Allows you to set up a work schedule in which each day of the Week Day week might have different hours for instance a Monday might differ from other days Exceptions Defines the specific days of the year that deviate from the typical days Each specific day can have its own set of hours or no hours For example you might want to designate holidays as exceptions Exceptional days are listed in the Exceptions table and can be given a descriptive name You can copy and paste a Work Calendar from another file if you would like to use that Work Calendar s arrangement What would you like to do Define the Work Calendar Display
211. imescale row 1 Double click the timescale row or 1 Select the timescale row you wish to format 2 From the Format menu select Timescale The Format Timescale Row dialog opens 3 Click the Gridlines tab 4 Select or clear the Show in current Timescale Rows or Show in other Timescale Rows and Timeline Graph check boxes to define where gridlines are drawn 5 If you wish to design your own gridlines select the Use Custom Gridlines check box and select the custom gridline color pattern and size 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Timescale Row dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 286 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 21 7 Note When Use Custom Gridlines is not selected gridlines are drawn according to the options defined in the Gridlines tab of the Format Schedule View or Format Resource View dialogs See also Formatting timescale row units Changing the font attributes of timescale rows Changing the font attributes of timescale rows Changing the font size style and color of timescale rows allows you to customize their appearance To change the font attributes of timescale rows 1 Click the desired timescale row or rows to select them 2 Use the Font controls on the Format bar to format the font attributes or Control click and choose Font from the shortcut menu Note If you make a change that increases the size of the text in the timescale ro
212. imescales 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 titles 224 Toolbars 21 tracking progress 157 158 typing dates to draw bars 145 typing work days 257 U Understanding Consolidation 212 Understanding constraints 151 understanding the Resource Information Form 186 201 unhide columns 113 units 72 73 unlinking activities 173 bars 173 Unpublishing an iCalendar schedule 345 update preferences 60 updating 60 249 Updating a master file 218 URL 130 Usage Graph Scale 386 using action columns 140 alignment grids 289 ExpressDate 31 ExpressTime 32 layouts 188 MPXfiles 42 279 Print Preview 220 value lists 128 WBS 138 Work Calendar 256 386 Using the column map 118 Using the Project Information form 30 Using the Schedule Publish Log 347 Using XML with FastTrack Schedule 41 V value lists WW wall chart 226 WBS 138 web 130 weighted average 122 What is critical path 176 374 What is Overtime 378 What is spot allocation 382 125 128 width columns 139 140 legends 338 pictures 334 text boxes 325 timeline graph 75 work breakdown structure 138 work calendar 203 257 259 262 work days 257 work units 257 261 working with columns 106 with filters 244 with iCalendar files 344 with Print Preview 219 with QuickLook balloons 68 with ranges 43 with resources 200 with Schedule and Calendar View filters 236 with text boxes pictures and legends 316 with timescale rows 280 Working with a
213. in every view in the program to see which have a shortcut menu Once you have discovered how to access shortcut menus try to use them as much as possible as you work with FastTrack Schedule Component Component Refers to activity bars Activity bars have three components Scheduled Revised and Actual Each component has a set of dates times and durations for which columns are defined The display of each component is defined in the Format Bar Style dialog Critical Path What is a critical path In FastTrack Schedule the critical path is the route between linked bars in a group of linked bars with the smallest total slack between tasks Slack is determined by subtracting a link Minimum lead lag time from a link duration Suppose you have a software project due for delivery in two weeks In the two weeks before it is due you must accomplish two things you must write the software and you must create a graphic for the box in which the software will ship Writing the software will take two weeks creating the graphic will take one day Start Write Design Graphic Delivery Because you can create the graphic anytime in those two weeks there is greater elasticity or slack to that task It must happen before the project is due but it can happen on the last day and still not affect your delivery date Writing however is the more critical activity it cannot slip without affecting your delivery time Thus the task W
214. in the corresponding columns Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 9 4 Activity Bars amp Milestones 145 If you drag a bar outside of the parameters of its Constraint Type the constraint will convert to a type that supports the bars new position If a resource has been assigned to a task and the task s activity bar displays in the Resource View you can drag the assigned bars in the resource timeline which also affects an activity s start finish and or duration If you drag bars in the Calendar View an activity s start finish and or duration is also affected Important Dragging bars in any View affects the bars in all Views Dragging a bar to change its start finish and or duration 1 Using the Arrow tool click and drag the part of the bar that you want to change Dragging Changes this this Middle Style il Start Date amp Time Finish Date amp Time Start Point i Start Date amp Time Duration End Point d Finish Date amp Time Duration Note Move multiple bars by holding the Shift key and clicking them or drawing a selection box to include bars in the box When you move one bar they will all move See also Working with bars and milestones Typing dates to draw activity bars and milestones Typing dates to draw activity bars and milestones Typing or editing existing values in the date time or duration columns draws or changes the position of the activity bar in the timelin
215. in the schedule using that bar style change to use the default bar style If the deleted bar style is displayed in the legend it is automatically changed to the default bar style In FastTrack Schedule legends are considered to be graphic items Other types of graphic items are activity bars pictures text boxes and stamps Legends can be added to your schedule in either the Schedule View or the Print Preview window and then moved resized formatted to have a border and so forth Using such features as the definable alignment grid and back to front ordering you can position legends precisely where you want them to appear Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 25 2 Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 319 See also Using Print Preview Adding text boxes Adding pictures Inserting a legend Bringing items to front Bringing items to front Bringing items to the front changes the placement of the item in a row s back to front order The items in each row are drawn from back to front This has two consequences Bars text boxes and pictures may obscure each other as in a drawing application Most importantly the back to front order of a row s activity bars determines the order of their dates in the date time and duration columns An item s back to front order is based on the first row containing the item s top edge The first set of dates in the column corresponds to the bar that is a
216. ine Styles button The Outline Level Styles dialog opens 5 From the Outline Level table select the outline level you wish to format 6 Select from the options described below Allows you to set a background color to display in the Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 98 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual o Allows you to set a background pattern to display in the Display Location Allows the color and pattern you have selected to display on columns only the timeline only the columns and timeline or not at all poe IN a Allows you to set a bottom line color to display in the Display Location Allows the color pattern and line size you have selected to display on columns only the timeline graph only the columns and timeline or not at all 7 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Outline Level Styles dialog 8 If you wish change the row height or page break options 9 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Row dialog Notes Rows must be visible not collapsed or hidden to have outline level styles applied to them If you select the Set as Default button the outline level styles will be applied to the rows that you have Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved selected to be formatted and all new rows If you indent or outdent rows to change outline levels formatting changes will automatically update Click the Copy All bu
217. ing file properties 40 entering activity names 85 calculations 314 data 128 180 184 hyperlinks 128 resource names 85 Entering and editing data in the Bars gt Assignments tab of the Information form data 186 Entering and editing data in the Bars gt Links tab of the Information form data 185 Entering and editing data in the Bars gt Tracking tab of the Information Form 182 expand 86 89 Expand Collapse Action Column expanding activities 86 89 exporting data 269 HTML 273 page as picture 233 picture 277 View as picture 233 Exporting data as a Microsoft XML file 276 Exporting data as aniCalendar 346 Exporting MindManager Files 349 ExpressDate 31 ExpressTime 32 sF FastSteps 15 340 341 343 file name stamp 222 filtering 234 247 Filtering by range 242 141 376 finding and replacing text 37 finish dates 71 144 145 Fit to Pages 225 font attributes cells 133 column headings 132 rows 99 selected item 34 summary graphs 308 text boxes 326 timescale rows 286 footers 221 formatting bar styles 148 Calendar View 195 196 197 198 columns 135 columns by outline level 135 critical path 178 graph data in the Resource View 211 items 320 331 legend 336 outline level resource rows Resource View rows 94 97 rows by outline level 97 summary bars 103 summary graphs 305 text of bar labels in the Calendar View 198 timescales 281 284 285 Formatting the display of the calendar in the Calendar View
218. ing files between Windows and Mac Saving a schedule 3 3 Saving a schedule Saving a schedule Saving a schedule copies to the disk all of the changes you have made to the file To save a file 1 From the File menu select Save If this is a new unsaved schedule you are asked to name the file and choose the location where it will be stored Don t forget to enter data into the Properties dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 4 To save the file with a new name and or location 1 From the File menu select Save As 2 In the dialog enter a new name and or location for the schedule See also Converting files between Windows and Mac Converting files between Windows and Macintosh Converting Windows Files to Macintosh Files Converting a file means you can open use and save a file built in FastTrack Schedule for Mac ona machine running FastTrack Schedule for Windows or vice versa Important Before you convert a schedule to another platform be sure to save a copy of it with another name to your hard drive When you open schedules across platforms Windows to Mac or vice versa graphics and OLE objects will be lost To convert a Windows file to a Macintosh file 1 In the Macintosh version of FastTrack Schedule select Open from the File menu The Open dialog opens Select the name of the file to be converted Click Open Wit
219. ing or cell before opening the dialog Search in Text Boxes is only available when the schedule contains one or more text boxes To replace all occurrences of the Find text without viewing each one click the Replace All button This action cannot be undone You may want to save the document before selecting Replace All 3 16 Setting a schedule password Setting a schedule password Assigning a password to a schedule file is used to control the access users have to that schedule To assign a password to a file 1 From the File menu select Password The Set File Password dialog opens 2 Select from the options described below Password Defines the string of characters for the password The password is case sensitive and can be a maximum of 12 characters including spaces and punctuation Do Now Allow Users without the password will not be able to open the Others Any schedule in FastTrack Schedule Allow Others Read i Users without the password will be able to open the Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 40 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Only Access i schedule file but they will not be able to save changes 3 17 Allow Others Read Users without the password will be able to open the Write Access schedule file and save changes but they will not be able to change the password 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Set File Password dialog The Confirm Password dialog ap
220. int If you are connected to a printer this will print the range of dates shown in the Timeline Range in calendar form See also The Calendar View Working in the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 194 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 14 3 Setting the Calendar View page options Setting the Calendar View page options The Page Options control how a calendar will print The Page Options for the Calendar View are different than those available in the Schedule and Resource Views Because of the vertical orientation of the calendar special layout and date options are available To set the Calendar View Page Options 1 In the Calendar View from the File menu select Page Options The Calendar View Page Options dialog opens 2 Use the options described below to set the printed dates calendar layout page margins and alignment of the printed calendar Full Month Per Prints every month encompassed by the specified range of dates So if your specified range was 02 15 07 04 12 07 this option will print the complete months of February March and April each on its own page Fit to Single Prints a calendar consisting of the specified range of dates on one page to force the fit cells are resized and bars can be hidden from view you should be sure to view this in the Print Preview window before printing Current Prints the specified range of dates in a
221. ion units Duration Notes In this help system a gt indicates a tab within a tab For example the Bars gt Links tab signifies that there is a Links tab within the Bars tab The unit for the Lag and Duration are listed in the bottom of the dialog The unit can be changed in the Format Schedule View dialog See also Showing and hiding links Linking activity bars Dragging linked bars Defining types of links Entering data in the Bars gt Links tab of the Information Form Defining types of links Defining types of links FastTrack Schedule supports four types of links Finish to Start Start to Start Finish to Finish and Start to Finish links Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Linking Bars 171 This link Looks like this And works this way type Finish to a Activity 1 must finish Start before Activity 2 starts This is the most commonly used link type Start to Start Activity 2 must not start until Activity 1 starts Finish to wen Activity 2 must not finish Finish until Activity 1 finishes Start to 1 Activity 2 must not finish Finish until Activity 1 starts See also Linking activities Managing Links 11 4 Understanding Lead and Lag time Understanding Lead and Lag time When setting up task dependencies consider that there may be scenarios where certain tasks are Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 172 11 5 FastTrack Schedule 1
222. ion units are displayed under the Duration column Duration units are changed in the Project tab of the Document Preferences dialog See also Understanding Constraints Setting bar constraints Opening the Information forms Entering and editing data in the Activity tab of the Information form 12 5 The Bars gt Columns tab of the Information form Entering and editing data in the Bars gt Columns tab of the Information form In the Bars gt Columns tab you have access to data for all of the columns relating to a particular activity which store data per bar rather than per row To enter data in the Bars gt Columns tab of the Information form 1 Double click on an activity bar The Information form for that bar opens in the Bars gt Columns tab 2 Enter or edit data using the options described below com a Show Allows you to choose which type of columns to display in the table e g All columns Calculation columns only Date columns only Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Information Forms 185 Name Displays the names of any columns you have created whose data is stored per bar Value Displays the values of any columns you have created whose data is stored per bar If you have defined a value list for a column that value list will appear when you click in the Value cell 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Information form See also Opening the Information forms Enterin
223. ions of the screen that display the timescale rows The Schedule and Resource Views can each contain two different timescale areas one above the timeline and one below it You can use options in the Define Layout dialog to have the bottom timescale mirror the top timescale Base Timescale Row The timescale row that displays the base timeline units the smallest units set You cannot change the units of the base timescale row they always reflect the base timeline units Width The width of the divisions in the base timescale row define the width of columns in the timeline Therefore if the Schedule View timeline is in base units of weeks changing the width of a column in the Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved row that displays weeks changes the width of the timeline graph What would you like to do B Formatting timescale rows E Showing hiding and mirroring timescale areas I Inserting new timescale rows E Formatting timescale row units B Formatting timescale row gridlines E Changing the font attributes of timescale rows 2 Moving timescale rows 2 Changing the height of timescale rows I Changing the width of the timescale amp timeline columns 21 2 Formatting timescale rows Formatting timescale rows The Format Timescale Row dialog allows you to choose the units display and gridlines for the selected timescale row To open the Format Timescale Row dialog 1 Double click the tim
224. irst Bar in that Row In rows with multiple bars only those rows whose first Matches bar meets the filter criteria will be shown or selected All Bars in that Row In rows with multiple bars a row will be shown or Match selected only if every bar in that row meets the filter criteria Matching Rows Display Options All Bars in the Row In rows with multiple bars every bar in the row will display if any bar in the activity meets the filter criteria Matching Rows The filter will show or select only those activities that meet the filter criteria on any visible outline level Matching Rows The filter will show or select the activities that meet the AND Parents filter criteria and the activities one or more level up in the Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 239 240 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual eS 18 5 AND Children AND Parents and Children AND Families See also Filtering and sorting The filter will show or select the activities that meet the filter criteria and any subactivities one or more outline level below The filter will show or select the activities that meet the filter criteria the activities one or more level up in the same outline and any subactivities one or more outline level below The filter will show or select every activity on every level of the outline for those activities that meet the filter criteria Working with Sche
225. is or her needs You could also create different sequences for every version of the schedule you would like to print thus creating reports There is no limit to the number of uses you can find for this powerful tool See also Defining a new FastSteps sequence Editing an existing FastSteps sequence Running an existing FastSteps sequence Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 340 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 26 2 Defining anew FastSteps sequence Defining a new FastSteps sequence FastSteps allow you to string a collection of commands together into one FastSteps script that can be run with one menu choice To create a new FastSteps sequence 1 Click the FastSteps button and choose Define from the choice list The FastSteps dialog opens 2 Click the New button The Define FastSteps dialog opens 3 In the FastStep Name box enter a name for the FastStep 4 Select an item in the Commands table 5 Click the Add button to send the command to the FastStep table 6 Continue inserting commands into the FastStep table until you have the sequence of commands you desire 7 Drag commands up and down in the FastStep table to change the order in which the commands occur 8 Click OK to apply your change and close the Define FastSteps dialog 9 Click OK to apply the FastStep and close the FastSteps dialog or Click Close to exit FastSteps without running a FastSteps sequence Your newly created FastStep is saved
226. isplay an activity s start finish and duration FastTrack Schedule lets you design and draw bars and lets you display information about each bar in columns 30 8 Bar Labels Bar Labels Showing data on a bar style lets you add date time duration Complete and other bar information as a label on a bar style Bar labels created in the Format Bar Style dialog do not display in the Calendar View Use the Format Calendar View dialog to create bar labels in the Calendar View Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 30 9 30 10 30 11 30 12 30 13 Glossary 371 Bar Styles control Bar Style list control The cells of the Bar Styles list contain the bar styles defined for the schedule You can use the Bar Styles Toolbar to design a new bar style edit an existing bar style or change the bar style applied to an activity Bar Tracking Window Bar Tracking Window The bar tracking window displays the date and time information about the drawn or dragged activity bar Use the Tracking tab of the Preferences dialog to customize this option Bar tool er p Bar tool Draws activity bars in the timeline graph Calendar Title Calendar Title The title is by default the current calendar range You can choose to show or hide the title in the Format Calendar View dialog You can use headers and footers to create custom titles that will display when the calendar is printed The Calendar View
227. ist The Insert Picture dialog opens 2 In the Insert Picture dialog choose to insert a picture you ve previously saved to the Clipboard or browse to find the picture you want to insert 3 Click OK to close the Insert Picture dialog and insert your picture 4 Drag the picture to place it in the desired location To define which pages an item displays on 1 Click the item to select it 2 On the toolbar click Format Selected The Format Item dialog opens Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Printing amp Previewing 225 3 In the Display tab use the Show On options to display the item on all pages the current page only or a range of pages 4 Click OK to close the Format Item dialog See also Changing the font of text boxes Resizing text boxes Moving text boxes Resizing pictures Moving pictures Formatting items 17 6 Fitting the document to a number of pages Fitting the document to a number of pages Fitting the schedule to a number of pages allows you to determine how many pages wide you would like the printed Schedule or Resource Views to be and automatically resizes the timeline graph columns to make the schedule the appropriate width This only affects the number of pages horizontally not vertically This does not scale the output The Calendar View has a unique Page Optionsdialog to which the procedures detailed below do not apply To fit the printed Schedule View or Resource View to
228. items to grids 1 Select the item or bar 2 From the Tools menu select Arrange and choose Align Selection from the submenu Note To align to grids as you draw or drag items from the Tools menu select Arrange and choose Snap To Grid from the submenu See also Snapping items to grids Defining alignment grids Defining activity bar alignment Defining text box alignment Defining picture alignment 22 8 Snapping items to grids Snapping items to grids Snapping items to alignment grids as you drag them automatically positions them to the closest alignment grid according to the alignment options defined for the item To snap items to grids as you drag 1 From the Tools menu select Arrange and choose Snap To Grid from the submenu As you move items they will jump to their defined alignment grid See also Aligning items to grids Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Alignment Grids ER Defining alignment grids Defining activity bar alignment Defining text box alignment Defining picture alignment 23 Summary Graphs 23 1 Showing and hiding summary graph rows Showing and hiding summary graph rows Showing summary graphs adds an area below the timeline graph that displays the total average standard deviation minimum maximum and or count of the values currently displayed in columns for a particular period of time For instance you could show a summary graph row that displays the total
229. ith text boxes in the Schedule View timeline and Print Preview window are the same in many respects we will address them together but will point out differences as they occur What is a picture A picture is a graphic item that you can add to the Schedule View You can select and position pictures in the timeline just as you can activity bars and text boxes Using features such as the definable alignment grid and back to front ordering you can place them precisely where you want them to appear A picture can be any graphic For instance a company logo created in a drawing application is a picture You can add a picture either to the Schedule View timeline or the Print Preview window of the Schedule and Resource Views The Print Preview window is separate from the View it previews and items in this window do not appear in the Schedule or Resource Views unless printed What is a legend A legend is an item that explains graphically what the bar styles in a schedule represent If each bar style in your schedule has a different meaning a legend allows you to display this in your schedule Legends can only be added to the Schedule View and the Print Preview window of the Schedule and Resource Views Bar styles are often used as a way of adding information to bars that cannot be expressed by dates Typically bar styles are used to differentiate one group of activity bars from another For example all the activities assigned to the sales
230. king activity bars Bars can only be linked in the Schedule View Linking activity bars creates a dependency from a point on one bar the predecessor to a point on a second bar the successor This dependency illustrates the relationship that the dates of one task have to another For instance if the start of the task Interview for Position cannot begin until the task Read Resumes has ended the two are dependent and should be linked in a Finish to Start relationship To draw links between bars 1 In the Tools controls select the Bar Link tool 2 Click the finish or start of one bar and drag to the start or finish of a second bar To link selected bars 1 Select the bars between which you want to create dependencies Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Linking Bars 173 2 From the Format bar select the Link tool To create links in the Information form 1 Double click an activity bar 2 In the Bars gt Links tab of the Information form create a link by entering data in either the Predecessors or Successors table Note Using the Link tool after selecting bars automatically draws links from the finish point to the start point of the selected bars The application also supports Finish to Finish Start to Start and Start to Finish links See also Showing and hiding links Dragging linked bars Managing links 11 6 Unlinking activity bars Unlinking activity bars Unlinking activity bar
231. l be displayed in the schedule To shade non work days in the timeline graph 1 In the Schedule View from the Format menu select View The Format Schedule View dialog opens 2 In the Display tab select Days from the Timeline Units drop down list 3 Select the Shade Non Work option 4 Select the color and or pattern you would like to shade non work days 5 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Schedule View This fills with the specified shade pattern and color the timeline graph columns that have no work hours in them Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 260 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To hide non work days in the timeline graph db In the Schedule View from the Format menu select View The Format Schedule View dialog opens In the Display tab select Hours or Days from the Timeline Units drop down list Select the Hide Continuous Non Work Shade Other option Select the color and or pattern you would like to shade other days Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Schedule View For schedules in base timeline units of days this hides non work periods that span 12 00 AM as defined by Typical and Specific Days and shades other non work periods Important Dragging the middle of a bar over shaded non work periods can cause activity bars to jump when you drag them over non work periods This is because dragging the middle of a bar keeps its
232. lect AM PM or Mid midnight from the drop down list 3 Click OK to enter the time indicated in the ExpressTime pop up clock window into the appropriate cell Or Click Cancel to close the ExpressTime clock without entering a time Notes The ExpressTime clock only opens in column cells that are formatted to contain time data or plain text ExpressTime opens with the cell s existing time value displayed If there is no value in the cell ExpressTime opens with the current time displayed The default format for hours in the clock and throughout the application is set in the Times tab of the Preferences dialog See also Adding presets Using the pop up calendar Going to today Going to today This command scrolls the Schedule Calendar or Resource View to display the current day as defined by your operating system To scroll to today 1 From the Edit menu select Go To and choose Today from the submenu Or Use the keyboard shortcut Command T See also Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 13 3 14 Going to bar Going to row number Defining font attributes for a selected item Defining font attributes for a selected item Most elements of or items in a schedule can be selected Once something is selected you can define the font attributes of that individual value heading text box cell etc To define font attributes for a s
233. les and URL addresses in the cells of the column Hyperlinks are entered and edited in the Define Hyperlink dialog accessed through the hyperlink column or the Information form Hyperlinks display as blue underlined text Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Columns 129 To enter a value in a hyperlink column 1 Double click in the blank cell of a hyperlink column The Define Hyperlink dialog opens 2 Select from the options described below Use this To do this option Display Type or paste text in the Display Name box The text you enter Name here will display as hypertext in the column in lieu of the full path or address For instance you can have AEC Homepage display rather than www aecsoftware com File or URL Type or paste text in the File or URL box or use the Browse button to enter the exact path to a file Launch URL Click the Launch URL button to test your links before entering them 3 Click OK to close the Define Hyperlink dialog To edit a value in a hyperlink column 1 Control click in the hyperlink column cell whose data you wish to edit The Define Hyperlink dialog opens Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 130 8 14 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 2 Use the options described above to edit a hyperlink 3 Click OK to close the Define Hyperlink dialog or 1 Click the Information Form action column of the activity or resourc
234. lick the Tracking tab 3 Select from the options described below Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved oe FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 5 15 Show Cursor Choose whether to display the Cursor Tracking window Tracking Show Date Displays in the Cursor Tracking area the date over which the cursor is positioned in the timeline graph or the calendar Show Time Displays in the Cursor Tracking area the time over which the cursor is positioned in the timeline graph or the calendar 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the dialog See also Document preferences Setting application preferences Setting QuickLook preferences Setting QuickLook preferences QuickLook balloons allow you to view important information about activity bars links and Calendar View bars You simply hover your cursor over a bar or a link and a balloon containing information about that item appears on your screen Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Preferences ER The key to QuickLook balloons is that they are completely editable You can decide how much or how little information to display Currently QuickLook balloons are available for Activity Bars In the Schedule View and if assigned the Resource View Links In the Schedule View Calendar View Bars In the Calendar View Though these appear the same as bars in the Schedule View they have their own QuickL
235. ll rights reserved 16 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 2 The FastTrack Schedule Environment 2 1 Views 2 1 1 The Schedule View The Schedule View This is the primary View of FastTrack Schedule all other Views support the Schedule View It is in this View that you enter activities draw activity bars along a timeline link bars view critical paths track the Scheduled Revised and Actual dates and times of tasks in your schedule insert pictures text boxes and legends and create and view summary graphs Duration Activity Name Daya Team Leader Product Images 16 23 30 e 13 20 27 4 gt v Executive Summary 20 a a Business Goals 5 Maria Alanadia Fase ele E Marketing amp Sales Goals 5 Nini Nguyen Markoting amp Sales Goals F Customer amp Market Analysis 5 Paul Holstrider Customer amp Market Analysis 7 Product Scope 5 Jenny Jones Mana All d Revenue Forecast amp Financial Analysis 5 Zane Lee Revenue Forecast amp Financial Analysis 41 le CoToMarket Plan 134 BE 989 500 e Product 134 z 238 750 A PositoningyMessagng 7 Jenny Jones 50 Beil Postoning Messaging 4 200 a Branding 5 Maria Alanadia CC 7 500 PIR Personas 10 Zane Lee ES 4 000 See also The Tools controls The Resource View The Calendar View 2 1 2 The Calendar View The Calendar View The Calendar View displays information from the Schedule View in the traditional look of a wall c
236. llows you to define sort criteria and then arrange activity or resource rows in order by values in different columns Because the Calendar View does not have rows and columns sorts are not available Sorts created in the Schedule View are not applicable to the Resource View or vice versa Defining sort criteria Applying sorts Restoring sorted rows Creating or editing filters Creating or editing filters Filters can be created and edited in the Define Filter dialog To create or edit a filter 1 From the Project menu select Filters and choose Define from the submenu The Filters dialog opens Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 236 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 2 Click the New button to create a new filter or To edit an existing filter in the Filters dialog select the filter from the Filters table and click the Edit button The Define Filter dialog opens The Define Filter dialog has three tabs 3 Use the options in the Define Filter dialog to create or edit a filter 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the Define Filter dialog 5 In the Filters dialog choose to either show or select the filtered activities or resources In the Calendar View activity bars can only be shown or hidden by a filter not selected 6 Click OK to apply the selected filter and close the Filters dialog or Click Close if you do not want to apply the filter at that time The filter is saved for future use
237. lumn cells that are formatted to contain date data or plain text ExpressDate opens with the cell s existing date value displayed If there is no value in the cell ExpressDate opens with the current date displayed See also Using the pop up clock Using the ExpressTime pop up clock Using the ExpressTime pop up clock The ExpressTime pop up clock allows you to enter a time quickly with a series of mouse clicks When you click in any time columns a button appears in the cell that gives you one click access to the pop up clock To open the ExpressTime clock 1 Click in one of the cells of a column that you or the application have defined to have a time value e g Start Time Finish Time etc A button will appear in the top right corner of the cell 2 Click the button to open the ExpressTime clock or Use the ExpressTime keyboard shortcut Command 0 zero or Ctrl click the column cell and select ExpressTime Clock from the context menu To close ExpressTime without making a selection 1 Click Cancel Or Press the Escape key Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 3 12 Schedule Files To select a value from ExpressTime clock 1 Use the hour and minute drop down lists to select numerical values or Use the back and forward buttons to change the time in one minute increments or Click and drag the hands of the clock until it shows the desired time 2 In 12 hour mode se
238. m the choices in the Options tab 5 Click the HTML tab 6 Select from the options described below Title Defines the text that appears as the page title usually in the window frame and in a History menu a Defines the text that appears at the top of the page defined to Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 274 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual WE appear in the style of a level two header Footer Defines the text that appears at the bottom of the page defined to appear in the style of a level two header Created By Defines the text that appears at the very bottom of the page You can enter your name here Border Width Defines the size in number of pixels of the border drawn around the outside of the table It is generated to the standard line in the HTML table definition as table border Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Cell Spacing Importing and Exporting 275 Defines the number of pixels separating the cells It is generated to the standard line in the HTML table definition as cellspacing Cell Padding First Line is Header Divider Line Before Table Divider Line After Table Defines the size in number of pixels of the border drawn around the each cell It is generated to the standard line in the HTML table definition as cellpadding Applies the header font style to the first line of export data usually used if
239. m the submenu The Ranges dialog opens Click to select the name of the range you want to edit Click the Edit button In the Define Range dialog use the options to edit the range Click OK to save your changes and close the Define Range dialog ona wr WwW DY Click OK to apply your changes and close the Ranges dialog or Click Close to close the dialog without applying the newly edited range The range will be saved for later use See also Applying a range Defining a range Deleting a range Duplicating a range Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved s FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 4 5 4 6 The Master Range The All Bars Range Deleting a range Deleting a range Ranges can be deleted in the Ranges dialog To delete a range 1 From the Project menu select Timeline Ranges and choose Define The Ranges dialog opens 2 Select the range you wish to delete 3 Click the Delete button Aconfirmation dialog appears asking you to verify that the range will be deleted 4 Click OK to delete the range or Cancel to retain the range If you delete the range it will no longer be available from the Ranges Toolbar or Ranges submenu 5 Click OK to close the Ranges dialog and apply the currently selected range or Click Close to close the Ranges dialog without applying a range See also Applying a range Defining a range Editing a range Duplicating a range The Master Range
240. make your changes notice how it affects the bar in the Example window relative to the alignment grids Existing bars will not automatically snap to the revised alignment settings You must select the existing bars from the Tools menu select Arrange and choose Align from the submenu Choosing both Start Point and End Point can change the duration of the activity fit between alignment grids See also Defining alignment grids Aligning items to grids Snapping items to grids Defining text box alignment Defining text box alignment Defining the alignment of text boxes allows you to fine tune their position relative to the alignment grids You can define the alignment of text boxes only from the Schedule View To define the alignment of a text box 1 Select a text box 2 From the Format menu select Text Box The Format Item dialog opens 3 Click the Display tab 4 Select from the options described below Does This el Aligns the left edge of the text box to the grid Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 204 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual CC sol nea SIS Bee ll tas KN DECH SIS Top Line Aligns the center of the first line of text based on total text height in the text box to the grid Top Line Aligns the center of the first line of text based on the text height without descending letters in the text box to the grid Containing Places the text box in a row so that
241. mary or summaries should now display below the selected column Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 8 11 Columns 125 Notes Column summaries appear only if the Column Summaries amp Timescale Bottom option is chosen in the Define Layout dialog Summaries are based only on visible values Values in hidden activities and collapsed subactivities are not included Summary bars are formatted in the Summary Bar tab of the Format Row dialog See also Working with columns Defining value lists Formatting summary bars Defining value lists Defining value lists Value lists provide a fast and accurate method of entering data into the Schedule and Resource Views For any column into which you can enter data you can define a list of choices that appear when you move into or click on a cell of that column To define value lists 1 Double click the column heading of the column you want to format The Format Column dialog opens 2 Click the Value List tab 3 Select from the options described below ee fro _ oo No Value List Erase any value lists and prevent choices from appearing when you enter column data Data already entered using a value list will not be erased Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 126 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Custom Value Display the values as a list that drops down from the cell allowing you to select a value either by clickin
242. master file 217 Working With MindManager Files 347 work in place 162 www 273 X XML 41 276 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Index 397 eae zooming in Print Preview 220 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved
243. mbined using Operators to produce an expression FastTrack Schedule includes over 60 functions capable of complex calculations For example nested If Statements have been tested to over 100 nests FastTrack Schedule s functions operate just like those of other popular spreadsheet applications See also Defining a calculation column Entering a calculation Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 24 4 Calculations 313 Defining a calculation column Defining a calculation column Defining a calculation column allows you to create a column that uses column references text strings numbers functions and operators to determine its value For instance you could create a column named Profit that would have a calculation of Cost 1 04 Profit where Cost 1 is another column that stores values per bar To define a calculation column 1 In the Schedule View or Resource View from the Insert menu select Column The Insert Column dialog opens 2 From the Show pull down list select Calculation to show every available column of the type Calculation 3 In the Column Display Name table click to select the name of the next available calculation column 4 Click OK to insert the new column The Format Calculation dialog opens 5 In the Format Calculation dialog enter a calculation 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Calculation dialog and close the Insert Column dialog The c
244. ment of time such as a meeting or a deadline These types of tasks have no duration Thus milestones consist of just one point that has a start but not a finish Activity bars and milestones are the graphical representation of the activities you are scheduling One of FastTrack Schedule s most powerful features is the ease and totality with which users can manipulate graphic items The application does not attach any meaning to the appearance of a bar style so you are free to customize bars endpoints and milestones What do you want to do I Draw activity bars I Drag activity bars 21 Type dates to draw activity bars I Edit activity bar styles Design custom point styles I Add editing and removing labels from activity bars I Link activity bars Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 9 2 9 3 Drawing activity bars and milestones Drawing activity bars and milestones Drawing an activity bar in the timeline of the Schedule View or within the calendar of the Calendar View enters a start date and time finish date and time and duration in timeline units for the activity in that row When you draw a bar in the timeline graph FastTrack Schedule calculates its position That position is then converted to a date and time and entered in the corresponding columns To draw an activity bar 1 In the Tools controls select the Bar tool 2 From the Bar Styles drop do
245. mescale Mirror Timescale Causes the bottom timescale to appear as a mirror reflection from Top of the top timescale Column Summaries amp Timescale Top must be selected if you want to mirror the top timescale 4 Click OK to save your layout changes and close the Define Layout dialog 5 Click OK to apply the selected layout and close the Layouts dialog or Click Close to close the Layouts dialog without applying the layout The layout is saved even if it is not applied at this time See also Working with columns Using Layouts Applying a layout Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 138 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 8 20 Using a work breakdown structure Using a work breakdown structure When you indent a row beneath another in your schedule it creates outline levels These outline levels produce a hierarchical structure in your schedule known as a work breakdown structure WBS The key strategy of a WBS is to divide the project into manageable pieces that can be individually planned estimated and controlled A WBS uses codes to represent an activity s location in the hierarchy To create a WBS organize your tasks using outline levels and insert a WBS column in your schedule In the Work Breakdown Structure dialog assign each outline level a numeric or alphanumeric code that will label its position in the hierarchy The default setting is to use numbers separated by a period
246. mescale row that contains the labels for the timeline units For instance in the case above the base timescale row is the one that contains the week labels Timescale Areas Timescale Areas Appear at the top and bottom of the schedule to label the units in the timeline graph They contain one or more timescale rows that can be formatted to display units such as hours days weeks months quarters fiscal quarters years or fiscal years Timescale Rows Timescale Rows The timescale rows act as labels for the timeline graph columns Timescale rows can appear above and below the timeline graph The width of the base timescale row also determines the width of the timeline graph columns The Tools The Tools control FastTrack Schedule s Tools control holds six tools Unless a tool is double clicked the default setting for each tool is to revert back to the Arrow tool after use When double clicked a tool is locked down and can be used multiple times k Arrow tool Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 386 30 66 30 67 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual The general purpose tool that selects moves and resizes items in all Views When you want to drag an activity bar row column or graphic item this is the tool you need to have selected a id Bar Tool The Bar Tool draws activity bars in the timeline graph with a default Constrain Type of Start On Or After 3 m Link Bars T
247. n heading s font attributes I Define default values 21 Define a value list for a column 21 Define column summaries Using the Column Map Schedule View Column Guide Schedule View Column Guide The tables below will give you a description of every available column in the Schedule View broken down by column type Calculation ID Code Cost Image Date Number Duration Text Flag Time Hyperlink Work Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 108 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Calculation columns Column Name Define a formula to calculate using data in the Calculation 1 100 schedule Capture activity costs at up to 10 points in time for the lifetime of the project Formatted to display monetary values Lump sum costs for the activity feeds into Total Cost Pre defined calculation of the assigned resource s rate x work Pre defined calculation of Fixed Cost Resource Cost Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Cost columns Column Name Baseline Cost 1 10 Cost 1 10 Fixed Cost Total Cost Date columns Columns 109 Originally estimated finish date Scheduled Formatted to display dates ini Finish Date Finish Date 1 10 Late Finish Date Start Date 1 10 Latest date an activity can finish before project finish date is affected Latest date an activity can start before project finish date is affected Revision to activity s scheduled fi
248. nc All rights reserved 12 12 1 Linking Bars 3 Select from the options described below ros otis S Change line Choose the thickness of the line and then set the color display and pattern of the line that displays the critical path Optimize the Select the Optimize Hairlines checkbox appearance of lines when printing with a high resolution printer Change the Arrow From the Shape list in the Arrows area select the style of arrowhead you would like to display Then set the arrowhead size pattern and color You do not have to display an arrowhead on the path it is merely an option Change the Path Choose to display the path between critical tasks as a display diagonal line a line that moves over down over or a line that moves down over down 4 Click OK to save your critical path changes and close the Format Link dialog Note It is a good idea to design links and Critical Path s in such a way that you can tell them apart See also What is critical path Critical path and bar priority Formatting the display of critical path Showing and hiding critical paths Information Forms Opening Information forms Opening Information forms The Information form has its own Action Column In the Schedule View clicking in the Action Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 179 180 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Column opens the Information form in the Activity tab In the R
249. nc All rights reserved 8 3 Columns 113 Start Time 1 10 i Formatted to display time Work columns Baseline Work 1 10 Capture activity work Work The amount of work hours available to be allocated to resources Displaying columns Displaying columns Showing columns displays columns that are currently hidden This allows you to see different views of your data To show or insert a hidden column 1 Select the column heading to the left of the intended position 2 From the Insert menu select Column The Insert Column dialog opens 3 Select the type of column you want to insert from the Show pop up list If the column you want to insert does not fit into the listed types leave the Show setting at All and choose from the list of every available column shown in the Column Display Name table 4 Select the name of the column you wish to show from the Column Display Name table Hold down the Control key and you can select multiple columns names in the table 5 Click OK to insert the selected column and close the Insert Column dialog The column now displays in your schedule To show and arrange multiple columns at one time 1 Select any column in the schedule Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 114 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 2 From the Edit menu select Unhide Columns The Define Layout dialog opens 3 In the Columns tab select the column you wish to view from the Available C
250. nce using the Outline Toolbar or the menubar To display outline levels 1 In the Outline control on the Format toolbar from the Show drop down list select the number of outline levels you wish to display or From the Project menu select Outline and choose the number of outline levels you wish to display If outline levels exist beyond your selection they will be collapsed Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 7 7 See also Outlining activities Collapsing activities and resource subrows Collapsing activities and resource subrows Collapsing an activity rolls up all of the outline level s subactivities that are indented beneath it The information in the subactivities will no longer be visible Collapsing a resource subrow rolls up all of the subrows that are indented beneath a resource row The information in the subrows will no longer be visible In the Schedule View you also have the option of displaying a summary bar that shows the earliest start and latest finish per each bar style in the subactivities To collapse an activity outline level or resource subrow 1 In the Expand Collapse action column click the downward facing triangular handle next to the activity or resource subrow you want to collapse or 1 Select the row or subrow you want to collapse 2 Control click the Row Number action column and select Collapse from the context menu or
251. nd hours Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Consolidation 217 If the master file or subordinate files contain 24 Hour Work Calendars the differences are infinite and therefore the differences are not enumerated See also Understanding Consolidation Working with a master file Updating a master file 16 4 Working with a master file Working with a master file A master file contains and displays the data from subordinate files that you want to analyze and of which you want to get an overview Every subordinate file will have a summary bar This summary bar can not be moved You can however move and edit the summarized bars to allow for analysis In a master file the Consolidation icon appears in the Information action column for the first row of a subordinate file CH 4 Activity Name 4 be Go To Market Plan tts Hover over the Consolidation icon to display the subordinate file s location Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 218 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Click on the Consolidation icon to open the Project Information form for that subordinate file If you have selected the Files are projects and have separate Project Finish Dates option in the Define Consolidation dialog the subordinate file s Project Information data will stay what it is in the subordinate file If not the Project Information data for every subordinate file will match that
252. ndJet MindManager files You can open and import MindManager files as well as export the file as a MindManager file What do you want to do B Importing MindManager Files E Opening MindManager Files Exporting Data as MindManager Files Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 348 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 28 2 Importing MindManager Files Importing MindManager Files You can import a MindManager mmap file into your open schedule To import a MindManger file 1 From the File menu select Import and choose MindJet MindManager Document The Import MindManager dialog opens 2 Navigate to the MindManager file you want to import and select it 3 Click Open to close the Open dialog and import the MindManager file See also Opening MindManager Files Exporting Data as MindManager Files 28 3 Opening MindManager Files Opening MindManager Files You can open a MindManager mmap file and create a new FastTrack Schedule Document To Open a MindManager file 1 From the File menu select Open The Open dialog opens 2 Navigate to the MindManager file you want to open and select it 3 Click Open to close the Open dialog and open the MindManager file A new FastTrack Schedule document is created with the data from the MindManager file See also Importing MindManager Files Exporting Data as MindManager Files Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved MindManager I
253. ndar portion and the items on the current page select Export Document and Page Items 5 If exporting to somewhere other then the Clipboard select a File Type to save the file as 6 Click OK to export the picture and close the Export as Picture dialog To export the entire View asa picture 1 Close the Print Preview window if open 2 From the File menu select Export and choose Picture from the submenu This exports the entire View Schedule Resource or Calendar regardless of pages or Print Preview items See also Using Print Preview Printing the Calendar View Setting the Calendar View page options 18 Filters amp Sorts 18 1 Working with filters and sorts Working with filters and sorts Filtering uses search criteria that you define to identify information in rows activity bars and resource rows It then allows you to apply filters to the Schedule Resource and Calendar Views to hide or select activities or resources that match the criteria Because the Calendar View uses the same data as the Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 18 2 Filters amp Sorts 235 Schedule View filters created in the Calendar View are applicable in the Schedule View or vice versa Filters created in the Schedule View or Calendar View however are not applicable to the Resource View or vice versa Creating or editing filters Applying filters Hiding and showing rows Restoring hidden rows Sorting a
254. nfrequently They allow you to set up styles you intend to use later If you want to change the appearance of individual times in your schedule we recommend making those definitions in that particular time s format dialog To change time preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Times tab 3 Select from the options described below ime Format WE Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Preferences eer i Defines the display of the 12 Hour format ali Defines the display of the 24 Hour format Display Allows you to define the display of the options available in the format dialogs al Defines the hour of a time with or without leading zeroes Minutes Defines the minute of a time with or without leading zeroes or without this element Separators Allows you to enter any character to separate the elements chosen above and the display of AM PM or Midnight 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the dialog See also Application preferences Setting document preferences 5 5 Setting number preferences Setting number preferences Defines the global format of the numbers used in other format dialogs and the general format of numbers Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved ER FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual used throughout the application To set number preferences 1
255. ng links EE ccc eee tee cic cass ccceeecceseecceseccesrsceseccsecconsscsasseesnmemenwen 168 Defining types of links EEN E EE ee 170 Understanding Lead and Lag time ite searememmm erecta eee caer coe eee anerecceeeseeeeceeereceensossie 171 Linking activity bars o eegene 172 Unlinking activity bars SS eege EENS aaa 173 Dragging linke d bars 0 OO ees s0nccceeececcersceseeceeccoerseceeeeceeseoesscas sce eam eco eee 174 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved ES FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 9 10 11 12 13 Chapter 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 Chapter 1 a A O N gt a Chapter 14 O ON o om P WN a zech Chapter 15 1 2 3 4 Showing and hiding Jinks 0 csec scceeescasessceesasereccasedeeessaserecaaeeeceeaadersctaaaeecee asters NEE SEENEN 175 Formatting links ieena iets ee Eege eege ENEE dE See cove den 175 What isia critical path NET 176 Critical path and bar priori 177 Showing and hiding the cri cal path AAA 178 Formatting the display of a critical pat EEN 178 Information Forms 179 Opening Joformatton forme EEN eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeeeseneeeesseneeeees 179 Working in the Row tab of the Lnformation form 180 Working in the Bars tab of the Information form 181 The Bars Tracking tab of the Information form Au 182 The Bars Columns tab of the Information form AAR 184 The Bars Links tab of the Informati
256. ng document preferences defines the operation and formatting of currency the behavior of bar and cursor tracking the content of QuickLook balloons and the archiving and privacy settings for the particular FastTrack Schedule file you are currently working with To access document preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 Select one of the following tabs General Project Currency Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Preferences Tracking QuickLook AutoArchive Privacy 3 Click OK to close the dialog and apply your preferences Note Saving a file as a template keeps both the per Application and per Document preference settings of the original file See also Setting application preferences 5 11 Setting project preferences Setting project preferences You can choose to set the work calendar and bar behavior options for your project To set project preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Project tab 3 Select from the options described below Hours per day Determines how many work hours there are in a Standard work calendar s work day If you want a Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved e FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual work day to last from 9 AM 5
257. ng pictures 25 6 2 Formatting items Formatting items Formatting text boxes pictures and legends allows you to add borders backgrounds and shadows To format an item 1 Click the item or items to select them 2 Click the Format Selected button The Format Item dialog opens 3 Select from the options described below Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 332 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Alignment i Sets the item s alignment Clipping Places the item in a row so that the size of the row Containing Row determines how much of the item displays in the schedule Determines the number of pixels that surround the item Offsets Enter the amount of space in pixels between the item and horizontal vertical alignment grids Not available when the Alignment option None is selected perce I available in Print Preview window only Show On All Places the object on every page of the printed FastTrack Schedule document Show On This Places the object only on the page of the printed FastTrack Page Schedule document that is currently displayed in the Print Preview window Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends Show On Page Places the object only on specified pages of the printed FastTrack Schedule document Use the From and To boxes to enter the page numbers Background Sets the item s background color and margin If you
258. ng the Format Item dialog and clicking the Set as Default button Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 25 5 6 Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 327 See also Changing the font attributes of cells Adding pointers to items Adding pointers to items Pointers also known as leaders are lines that branch out from items such as text boxes and pictures and extend to any point on the timeline graph Pointers act as a graphic representation of the relationship of an item to some part of the schedule such as a bar or a point in time Pointers are only available in the Schedule View To add pointers to items 1 Select the item or items to which you want to add a pointer 2 From the Insert menu select Pointer The Format Pointer dialog opens 3 Eormat the pointer 4 Click OK to save your pointer style and close the Format Pointer dialog 5 Select the pointer and use your mouse to drag the pointer around the item and anchor it to a handle point 6 Use your mouse to extend the pointer out to whatever point you want the item to refer to in the timeline Notes Each item can have an unlimited number of pointers added to it When you move the item the pointer will change size as necessary to stay fixed to the schedule element to which it is pointing See also Formatting pointers Adding text boxes Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 328 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual
259. ng to back 320 setting editing preferences 57 filter options 237 schedule password 39 Setting auto archiving preferences 59 Setting bar constraints 153 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Setting currency prefernces 66 Setting document specific AutoArchive preferences 70 Setting privacy preferences 70 Setting save preferences 58 Setting update preferences 60 shading non work units 259 shadows on items 320 331 Shifting Schedule 77 showing action columns 140 columns 113 188 critical path 178 grid 288 hidden rows 249 labels on bars 198 links 175 resource subrows 93 selected rows only 234 summary graphs 299 timescale areas 282 snapping items to grids 298 sorting 234 250 253 specific work days 257 spelling 34 spot allocation 382 stamps 222 start dates 71 144 145 Statistical Functions 358 subactivities 86 subordinate file 212 successor bar 168 summaries activity bar 103 column 122 graph 302 summary bars 103 summarizing activities 103 summary graphs 299 300 302 support 353 aT technical support 353 templates 24 text boxes 224 320 323 324 325 326 331 Text Functions 357 The All Bars range 49 396 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual The Bar Styles toolbar 21 The Calendar View 16 371 The MasterRange 47 The QuickRange toolbar 22 The Resource View 17 The Views toolbar 21 Time Functions 359 time stamp 222 timeline 71 72 75 timeline units 72 t
260. nish date Revision to activity s scheduled start date Originally estimated start date Scheduled Formatted to display dates Duration of time it actually took an activity to be completed Capture activity durations at up to 10 points in time for the lifetime of the project Formatted to display durations Originally estimated duration Scheduled Number of days activity s finish date can slip before project finish date is affected Number of days an activity can slip before next activity is affected Start Float Number of days activity s start date can slip before project finish date is affected Total Float Number of days activity can slip before project finish date is affected Total Resource Duration The total duration in hours of resource work Duration columns Actual Duration Days Free Float Revised Duration Revision to activity s scheduled duration Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 110 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual time allocated to an activity Flag columns Description Yes No Yes indicates that the activity is on the critical path Yes No Yes indicates that the activity s duration is driven by resource effort Formatted to display Yes No option Yes No Yes indicates that the activity is to ignore the assigned resource s calendar Description Formatted to display hyperlink items email address URL file Description Effort Driven Flag 1 20 Ign
261. nment Standard Rate Enter or edit a dollar amount that will be calculated per hour day week month quarter or year in relation to the task s duration The default rate is per hour Enter 150 00 d for the Rate Per Day 150 00 w for the Rate Per Week etc Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 206 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Overtime Rate Enter or edit a dollar amount that will be calculated per hour day week month quarter or year when the resource works overtime A 0 in this cell means the resource will receive NO overtime pay This cell blank means the resource s Overtime Rate is equal to its Standard Rate The default time period is Rate Per Hour 15 6 View the assignment Cost where Cost Per Use Cost Standard Rate Duration Overtime Rate Overtime Duration 4 Click OK to save your changes and close the Information form See also What is overtime What is spot allocation Working with resources Creating resources Understanding Contours Understanding Contours Contours allow you to quickly apply a resource s work effort to an activity in a manner that best suits your needs For example let s say you are scheduling the creation and distribution of a new software application As part of that project you are employing testers Though some testing can be done as the product is developed the majority of a tester s work will be done towards the end of
262. ntegration 349 28 4 Exporting Data as MindManager Files Exporting Data as MindManager Files You can export your open schedule as a MindJet MindManager file To export a FastTrack Schedule file as a MindJet MindManager File 1 From the File menu select Export and choose Data as a MindJet MindManager from the submenu The Save As dialog opens 2 Navigate to the directory enter or edit the file name and click Save 3 Open the newly created MMap file in MindJet MindManager See also Importing MindManager Files Opening MindManager 29 Reference Information 29 1 Keyboard Shortcuts Keyboard Shortcuts This notation Means Ctrl The key labeled Control or Ctrl Command The key labeled 3 Alt The key labeled Alternate or Alt Option The key labeled Option Shift The key labeled Shift Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 350 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Command B Hold down the Command key and at the same time press the key labeled B Command Shift Hold down the Command key and at the same time press the P Shift key and the key labeled P ae ee penne see a Geelen eege Selen ea yF e 7 e e ae Fees E en Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Font dialog i Command Shift T Format Selected i Command Shift M Format current View p Command Shift F Get Consolidation Updates Command E Getting Started dialog
263. ntrol The Timeline Range The Views buttons The View buttons There are three Views in FastTrack Schedule the Schedule View Calendar View and Resource View Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 22 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 2 3 4 The View buttons allow you to switch from one View to another instantly If you decide to hide the View buttons you can still open any View from the View menu D See also The Schedule View the Resource View The Calendar View The Tools The Bar Style control The Timeline Range The Timeline Range The Timeline Range The Schedule Resource and Calendar Views can each show a different span or range of dates The Timeline Range gives you immediate access to the Start and Finish dates of the timeline in the Schedule and Resource Views and the calendar in the Calendar View HO MEO P The dates you set in the Timeline Range affect only the View you are looking at and always correspond to the Start and Finish dates displayed in the respective Format Schedule Resource or Calendar View dialogs You can also use the Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 3 1 The FastTrack Schedule Environment All Bars All Bars Range button to display the timeline in a range that encompasses every bar ll Timeline Units Timeline Units button to quickly change the units in which the timeline displays Or go to the Edit menu and choo
264. o format The Format Summary Graphs dialog opens 2 In the Display As column drop down list select how you want the summary graph to display You can display information as numeric text a line graph or a histogram 3 Use the display attribute options that appear below to determine the appearance of the summary graph 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Summary Graphs dialog Notes Each Display As type has a different set of display attribute controls which appear when they are selected Though you can summarize more than one set of data in a given summary graph row summarizing too much data in one row can be visually confusing when displayed in the schedule so consider simply inserting additional summary graphs See also Formatting summary graph rows Choosing units for summary graph rows Choosing data to summarize Choosing a summary operation Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 23 9 Summary Graphs 307 Labeling summary graph rows Labeling summary graph rows Providing a label for a summary graph row allows you to describe the contents of the row To label a summary graph row 1 Double click within the timeline graph of the summary graph row you want to format The Format Summary Graphs dialog opens 2 In the Left Label box enter the text you would like to appear as a label to the left of the timeline graph 3 In the Right Label box enter the text you would like to
265. o set document specific auto archive preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the AutoArchive tab 3 Select from the options available 4 Click OK to close the Document Options dialog and apply your preferences Note Additional AutoArchive preference options are available in the FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog See also Document preferences Setting application preferences Setting privacy preferences Setting privacy preferences You can determine how much of the information shown in the Properties dialog will be exposed and thus searchable To set privacy preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Privacy tab 3 Select from the options available Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 6 1 Preferences 4 Click OK to close the Document Preferences dialog and apply your preferences See also Document preferences Setting application preferences The Timeline Changing the timeline range Changing the timeline range Changing the range of dates in a View allows you to see a different period or window of time in the timeline or calendar The timeline runs anywhere from the year 0002 to the year 6000 The timeline can represent any range of time you determine in units of hours
266. oTime Reference Information 357 35 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 29 3 4 TimeToText ToLower ToUpper Trim See also Number Functions Statistical Functions Logical Functions Date and Time Functions Alphabetical Listing Statistical Functions Statistical Functions Ave AveDev Max Function StdDev See also Number Functions Text Functions Logical Functions Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Reference Information 35 Date and Time Functions Alphabetical Listing 29 3 5 Logical Functions Logical Functions If Function IsEven IsInt IsNull IsOdd TextlsDate TextlsNum Textls Time See also Number Functions Text Functions Statistical Functions Date and Time Functions Alphabetical Listing 29 3 6 Date and Time Functions Date and Time Functions Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 360 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Date Day Function Day OfWeek DayOfWeekName Duration Duration with times DatelineDate DatelineTime Finish Date Finish Date with times Month MonthName Time Function Work Calendar Base Day Duration Work Calendar Day Duration Work Calendar Typical Day Duration Year See also Number Functions Text Functions Statistical Functions Logical Functions Alphabetical Listing Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 29 4 29 4 1 29 5 29
267. of the master file When you update a subordinate file that data will overwrite changes you have made in the master file All appearance formatting is dictated by the master files preferences You can reformat the appearance of data but those changes will not be applied to the subordinate file and will appear only in the master file Formatting changes made in the master file will also be overwritten when you update a subordinate file s data Currency data is considered simply a number and the designated currency is defined by the master file s Currency Preference settings See also Understanding Consolidation Consolidation Work Calendar Conflicts Updating a master file 16 5 Updating a master file Updating a master file Once you have created a master file you can quickly update every subordinate file it contains or choose to update only selected files To update every subordinate file in a master file 1 From the File menu select Consolidate and choose Get Updates Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 17 17 1 Consolidation 219 Or 1 From the File menu select Consolidate and choose Define The Define Consolidation dialog opens 2 Click Update All to update every subordinate file and close the Define Consolidation dialog To update only specific subordinate files in a master file 1 From the File menu select Consolidate and choose Define The Define Consolidation dialog opens
268. oftware Inc All rights reserved Schedule Files See also Formatting datelines 3 10 Using the ExpressDate pop up calendar Using the ExpressDate pop up calendar The ExpressDate pop up calendar allows you to enter a time quickly with a series of mouse clicks When you click in any date column a button appears in the cell that gives you one click access to the pop up calendar To open the ExpressDate calendar 1 Click in one of the cells of a column that you or the application have defined to have a date value e g Start Date Finish Date etc A button will appear in the top right corner of the cell 2 Click the button to open the ExpressDate calendar or Use the ExpressDate keyboard shortcut Command 9 or Ctrl click in a column cell and select ExpressDate Calendar from the context menu To close ExpressDate without making a selection 1 Click the Cancel button or Press the Escape key To select a value from the ExpressDate calendar 1 Click the top set of arrows to move backward or forward in months 2 Click the bottom set of arrows to move forward or back in years The dialog displays the calendar for that month and year Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 11 3 Click on a day in the calendar 4 Click OK to enter the date or click Cancel to close the calendar without entering the date Notes The ExpressDate only opens in co
269. og To set date preferences 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the Dates tab 3 Select from the options described below mm dd yy i Formats all dates in the Month Day Year order dd mm yy i Formats all dates in the Day Month Y ear order yy mm dd d Formats all dates in the Year Month Day order Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Preferences Defines the display of the second and third formats displayed in the format dialogs The Abbrev version in the format dialogs abbreviates the Day and Month names a pa ear Real em El A Ji i a E Separators Allows you to enter any character to act as a separator for the elements chosen above For instance you could enter slashes for the Short style Week Starts on Allows you to determine what day of the week the Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved s FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 5 4 CM application will consider the first day of the week 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the dialog See also Application preferences Setting document preferences Setting time preferences Setting time preferences Defines the global format of the two time display styles used in format dialogs and the general format of the time used throughout the application Important Time preferences are intended to be used i
270. olor of resource rows Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Resources and Assignments 209 To open the Format Resource Row dialog 1 Select the resource row or rows you want to format 2 Double click the Row Number action column of the selected resource row or any one of the multiple selected resource rows The Format Resource Row dialog opens 2 In the Display tab from the Format Subrow drop down list select the part of the resource row you wish to change the display of 3 Select from the options described below Background Attributes Display Location Allows the color and pattern you have selected to display on columns only the timeline only both the columns and the timeline or not at all Pattern Allows you to set a background pattern to display in the resource row as a whole or in the specified subrow eee Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 210 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Display Location Allows the color you have selected to display beneath columns only the timeline only both the columns and the timeline or not at all Color Allows you to set a bottom line color to display in the resource row as a whole or in the specified subrow Set the size or thickness of the bottom line eee il only available when formatting a resource subrow Expanded Determines at what row height the resource subrow will display when it is expanded
271. olumns table and click the Show button to move it to the Shown Columns table 4 Click and drag on the column names in the Shown Columns table to arrange the display order of the columns 5 Click the lock column of the Shown Columns table to keep selected columns fixed on the screen while you scroll the timeline 6 Click OK to save your layout and close the Define Layout dialog 7 Click OK to apply the selected layout and close the Layouts dialog or Click Close to close the Layouts dialog without applying the layout Even if it is not applied at this time the layout is saved for later use Notes The Column Display Name table contains all existing but hidden columns If the column you want to insert is not listed it is already shown You may have changed its name Use the Column map found in the Tools menu to discover what name you ve given the column Layouts are time savers If you find yourself showing hiding and moving columns often you should define a new layout that automatically produces that view of the Schedule View or Resource View for you See Using Layoutsfor more information Once you have defined which column is displayed you can use the Format Column dialog to change the column s name and the appearance of its data See also Working with columns Using Layouts Using the Column Map Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Columns 145 8 4 Hiding columns Hiding columns Hidin
272. on form 185 The Bars Assignme nts tab of the mformation form ANE 186 Understanding the Resource nformation form uk 186 Layouts 188 Using layQuts eege es sweden deat e eege Bee 188 Defining a bavout sskESREERRRRSREEEEEEE ECKE KEE nann KEE h E in a n a n aiaa 188 Deleting a layout erer EE eee e o a a aaa a a a 190 Duplicating a Lavout eene un a ena nnna nnne nnna nnn nn aenn anan aa aa a Aaa AEE gt oa a 191 Applying a Lavout enn MMMM rs coc eercceeeeceeneceneecseeeracerccsutcesesecaserce aea aaee 192 The Calendar View 192 The Calendar View 000 eneen EE 192 Printing the Calenda MRaew EES SEKR een EE 193 Setting the Calendar View page Options ececccceeeeeennenteceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaneeeres 194 Formatting the CalGinidar View EE un 195 Formatting the display af the calendar in the Calendar Mie ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 195 Formatting the display af bars in the Calendar View ccccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneneeseeneees 196 Formatting text in the Calendar Miew cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeeeseneess 197 Formatting the display af bar labels in the Calendar Miew cccceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 198 Formatting the text of bar labels in the Calendar View 0ccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeneees 198 Formatting the appearance of gridlines in the Calendar View REENE
273. on from the Schedule View in the traditional look of a wall calendar though you are not constrained to viewing a month at a time Time is displayed horizontally in the Schedule and Resource Views but in the Calendar View it is displayed vertically Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved The Calendar View 193 In the Calendar View you can Draw bars Move bars Hide bars Filter activities to view only those bars you want to see Edit Scheduled Revised and Actual dates and times Apply Ranges and FastSteps Print the calendar in current monthly and custom configurations Note Links do not display in the Calendar View What would you like to do 2 Print the Calendar 21 Set Page Options for the Calendar View I Format the Calendar View 14 2 Printing the Calendar View Printing the Calendar View The Calendar View yields a hardcopy calendar that is both attractive and functional To print the Calendar View 1 In the Calendar View from the File menu select Print 2 In the Print dialog choose a printer and click Print If you are connected to a printer this will print the range of dates shown in the Timeline Range in calendar form or 1 In the Calendar View from the File menu select Print Preview Use the options in the Print Preview layer to determine the appearance of the printed calendar 2 From the File menu select Print 3 In the Print dialog choose a printer and click Pr
274. ook balloons because additional display options are available in the Calendar View To view a QuickLook balloon 1 In the Schedule View hover your cursor over an activity bar or over a link between bars or In the Resource View hover your cursor over an activity bar in the Assignments subrow or In the Calendar View hover your cursor over an activity bar To edit QuickLook balloons 1 In the FastTrack Schedule menu select Document Preferences The FastTrack Schedule Document Preferences dialog opens 2 Click the QuickLook tab 3 From the top drop down list select the QuickLook you want to modify bars calendar bars or links 4 Click the Show and Hide buttons to move selections between the Available and Shown table The items in the Shown table display in QuickLook balloons 5 Click OK to apply your changes and close the dialog Note Clicking the Hide All button removes every item in the Shown table Clicking the Reset button returns the QuickLook settings for the specified item to the application s default configuration See also Document preferences Setting application preferences Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 5 16 5 17 Setting document specific AutoArchive preferences Setting document specific AutoArchive preferences You can choose to automatically archive a document and set the location to which the archived document will be sent T
275. ool Lets you draw links between bars to create dependencies a i Revise Tool Changes the activity s Revised start and or finish dates times and durations Complete Tool Defines the percent complete and Actual start finish and duration of an activity T Text Tool Draws and edits text boxes for use as labels and titles Note Selecting a tool changes the appearance and purpose of the mouse cursor Each tool has its own operations and while a tool is selected clicking and dragging the mouse performs those operations Usage Graph Scale Usage Graph Scale A scale is available in the two Usage subrows of the Resource View It helps you to gage when a resource has reached full or over allocation To see the scale the subrow must be sized high enough to display it Work Calendars Using Work Calendars In Fast Track Schedule there are three types of work calendars project activity and resource You assign just one work calendar to the project but any activity can be assigned a separate work calendar Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Glossary 387 and every resource has its own work calendar Each of these calendars is edited in the Work Calendar dialog and each of these calendars is completely customizable Work calendars allow you to define typical work days and exceptional days for the project each resource and any activity Work Calendars helps you accurately track the amount of t
276. oose to edit a part of the Actual or Revised component you will receive the following choices in the component options section Options Does this Show Revised as a Bar Displays the Revised component as a bar positioned relative to the Scheduled bar Show Revised as Points Displays the Revised component as points extending off of the Scheduled points Always Show Revised Shows the Revised component all of the time Show Revised Only if Shows the Revised component only when the bar s Revised Different than Scheduled dates differ from the Scheduled dates Show Actual as a Bar Displays the Actual component as a bar positioned relative to the Scheduled bar Show Actual as a Fill Displays the Actual component as a pattern and color filling the Scheduled or Revised bar 7 If you receive these options based on your selections above choose attributes in the Points Fill Border and Offsets areas 8 If you want to format other components of the bar or milestone select them from the Component drop down list and select their formatting options 9 Click OK to accept the new bar style and add it to the Bars Styles Toolbar Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 150 9 10 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Notes The Scheduled component is the basic component of a bar or milestone The other components are used for progress tracking If you format a milestone you need only design its point To se
277. or down a row you can use the Up or Down Arrow keys on your keyboard For all columns except those that contain text stored by row such as the Activity Name column you can press the Enter Return key to move your cursor down a row Pressing the Retum key in a column formatted to save data by row will take you to the next line in that cell Using the Project Information form Using the Project Information form The Project Information form is where you set the project work calendar define the project s start date and time and view the finish date and time The Project Finish Date is defined by the latest activity bar s finish date and time The project is a subset of the data in your schedule determined by your definition of the Start Date Thus there can be data scheduled before the Project Start date To set the Project Calendar 1 From the Calendar drop down list select Standard 8 AM 5 PM Monday Friday 24 Hour or Night Shift or the name of a custom work calendar you have created Individual activities and resources can have there own work calendars To define the Project Start Date 1 From the Project menu select Project Information The Project Information dialog opens 2 Use the controls to set the Project Start Date and Time 3 Click OK to close the form The Project Start Date dateline will now display as a vertical line in the timeline on the date and time you have specified Copyright 2010 AEC S
278. ordinate files Subordinate files must be accessible either on the hard drive or by network and openable The user of the master file must have read access to a file to insert it Important Consolidated subordinate files are not live There are no automatic updates When data changes in a subordinate file the changes do not appear in the master file until you choose to refresh the data from that subordinate file Changes you make to data in the master file must be manually applied to the appropriate subordinate files A key to consolidation is the Work Calendar In a perfect structure all subordinate files would have the same Work Calendar as the master file However it may not always be the case FastTrack Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Consolidation 213 Schedule 9 2 will consolidate files and report work calendar conflicts Such conflicts may cause scheduling discrepancies between the master file and the subordinate file because the subordinate files will be displayed using the work calendar of the master file Changes to data in the master file are for analysis only and do not affect the subordinate file If you decide that you want to apply changes you have made in a master file you must open the appropriate subordinate files and manually make the changes there The following data is consolidated All columns except calculation columns Bars and barstyles Pictures textboxes and l
279. ore Resource Calendars Hyperlink columns Column Name Hyperlink 1 10 ID Code columns ID to identify row Number to identify row Unique identifier for bar Unique identifier for bar row Parameter applied to activity to control its behavior as project changes Activity name complete with parent rows when using outline levels Displays which activity row s an activity is dependent on including link type and lead lag Number field to prioritize your tasks Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Constraint Type Priority Columns 111 Resources Assigned Linked to Resource View defines assigned resources to activity Automatically calculated based on Complete Used and Current Dateline Subproject Activity Row ID In a consolidated file displays the original Row ID of activities in a subproject Subproject WBS In a consolidated file displays the original numerical hierarchy of activities in a subproject based on their outline levels before consolidation Successors Displays which activity rows are dependent on what other activity rows including link type and lead lag Task Calendar Assign Edit an activity s calendar Standard 24 hour Nightshift etc WBS A numerical hierarchy of activities based on outline levels Image columns Image 1 10 Formatted to display images Number columns Column Name Description Complete i Percentage of activity completed
280. orking XML which stands for Extensible Markup Language is a text format designed to simplify the exchange of data between applications and on the Web There are many benefits to opening and saving files in the xml extension In addition to the transfer of raw data date and time formats the work calendar outline levels and links are also preserved XML does not capture font attributes for example font color font size bar styles etc Microsoft Project 2007 and 2010 recognize the XML file format What would you like to do 2 Open an XML file with FastTrack Schedule J Export a FastTrack Schedule file in XML Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved e FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 19 See also Exporting data as a Microsoft Project XML file Importing data Exporting data Using MPX files with FastTrack Schedule Using MPX with FastTrack Schedule When managing projects it may be helpful to open data from other applications or export data from the application in which you are working MPX which stands for Microsoft Project exchange is an ASCII file format that automates and simplifies the process of opening data between applications There are many benefits to opening and saving files in the mpx extension In addition to the transfer of raw data date and time formats the work calendar outline levels and links are also preserved MPX does not capture font attributes for example font
281. our changes and close the Define FastSteps dialog Click OK to apply the FastStep and close the FastSteps dialog or Click Close to exit FastSteps without running a FastSteps sequence Your changes to the FastStep are saved you simply select the sequence name from the FastSteps choice list when you are ready to run it Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 342 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual See also Defining a new FastSteps sequence What are FastSteps 26 4 Deleting a FastSteps sequence Deleting a FastSteps sequence FastSteps can be deleted in the FastSteps dialog To delete a FastStep 1 Click the FastSteps button and choose Define from the choice list The FastSteps dialog opens 2 Select the FastStep you wish to delete 3 Click the Delete button A confirmation dialog appears asking you to verify that the FastStep will be deleted 4 Click OK to delete the FastStep or Cancel to retain the FastStep If you delete the FastStep it will no longer be available from the FastSteps choice list 5 Click OK to close the FastSteps dialog and apply the FastStep that is currently selected or Click Close to close the FastSteps dialog without applying a FastStep See also What are FastSteps Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastSteps 343 26 5 Duplicating a FastSteps sequence Duplicating a FastSteps sequence An existing FastSteps sequence can be duplicated in t
282. ows Formatting timescale row units Formatting timescale row units Formatting a timescale row s units allows you to select the units e g Days in which the timescale row displays It also allows you to determine how the units will look when displayed in the Schedule or Resource Views To change the units of the timescale row 1 Double click the timescale row or 1 Select the timescale row you wish to format 2 From the Format menu select Timescale The Format Timescale Row dialog opens 3 In the Display tab from the Units drop down list select a new unit to display in the timescale 4 Use the options to determine how the selected unit will display 5 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Timescale Row dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 21 6 Notes Units that are smaller than the base timeline units are not available in the Units drop down list You cannot change the units of the base timescale row they always reflect the base timeline units Depending on which unit is selected different display options are available for Regular Generic and Fiscal labels See also Formatting timescale row gridlines Formatting timescale row gridlines Formatting timescale row gridlines Formatting the gridlines for timescale rows allows you to define their thickness pattern color and display in the timescale area and timeline graph To define the gridlines for a t
283. pears 4 Enter the password in the Password box 5 Click OK to close the Confirm Password dialog Notes When a user opens a file with a password assigned to it they are presented with a dialog requesting the password If the file is set to allow read only access they can open the file by clicking the Open as Read Only button Security note data is not encrypted The password applies only to opening files in FastTrack Schedule See also Setting preferences Editing file properties Editing file properties The Properties dialog stores metadata or self referential data about a FastTrack schedule file This metadata is searchable using various OS level search tools Most of the data in the properties dialog is static but some key data can be entered and edited by the user To edit file properties 1 From the File menu select Properties to open the Properties dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Schedule Files 2 In the Summary tab enter or edit as much of the requested data as you would like Note You can determine how much of a file s property data is exposed by changing the Privacy settings for the file See also Setting privacy preferences 3 18 Using XML files with FastTrack Schedule Using XML files with FastTrack Schedule When managing projects it may be helpful to open data from other applications or export data from the application in which you are w
284. pply attributes 5 In the Section area drop down list select the section of the graph to which you want to apply attributes 6 Set the color and pattern attributes for the selected graph section 7 Select or clear the Show Outline checkbox 8 If you selected to show the outline set the color pattern and outline size for the outline of the selected graph section 9 In the 100 Line area select a color and size for the 100 line in the graph The 100 line marks the maximum amount of time or usage available Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 212 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 10 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Resource Row dialog See also Working with resources 16 Consolidation 16 1 Understanding Consolidation Understanding Consolidation You can easily consolidate your FastTrack files into one master file to analyze a big picture view of your data Whether you want to see all the separate components of one larger project or see every project your company is currently working on Consolidation allows you to do so Consolidation works across platforms so consolidated files can originate from either a Mac or Windows operating system Master file the file you create by consolidating existing files is called a master file A master file can never be inserted into another file or into itself Subordinate file a file that is inserted into a master file is called a sub
285. pply your changes and close the Format Calendar View dialog See also The Calendar View Working in the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View Formatting the appearance of gridlines in the Calendar View 14 6 Formatting the display of bars in the Calendar View Formatting the display of barsin the Calendar View Activity bars display differently in the Calendar View than they do in the Schedule View This is due to how they display when wrapping vertically and how they print To format the display of bars in the Calendar View 1 In the Calendar View from the Format menu select View The Format Calendar View dialog opens 2 Click the Bars tab 3 Use the options described below to determine how activity bars display in the Calendar View pn gier Leg Use Makes the bars in your calendar appear as they do in the Schedule Schedule View except the size of the bars end points and View Bar milestones reflect the size here Styles Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved The Calendar View 197 Use Generic Causes every bar in your schedule to display in a single style Bar in the Calendar View You select the bar and milestone styles from the drop down lists Show End Shows or hides bar endpoints to streamline the appearance of Points the bars in your calendar Bar Size Determines the number of pixels high you would like bars in the ee to End Point Determines the number of pixels high you would lik
286. r The Information form for that bar opens in the Bars gt Columns tab 2 Click the Bars gt Assignments tab 3 Enter or edit the resources assigned to the activity 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Information form Go to the Assigning resources to bars section for a complete discussion of the Bars gt Assignments tab of the Information form See also Entering and editing data in the Activity tab of the Information form Entering and editing data in the Bars tab of the Information form Opening Information forms 12 8 Understanding the Resource Information form Understanding the Resource Information form Use the Resource Information form to enter and edit resource information Though you can enter data directly into the columns of the Resource View you may not want to display every column The Resource Information form gives you immediate access to every resource column hidden or shown Using the Information tab of the Resource Information form The table below is a breakdown of the options in the Information tab of the Resource Information form Resource Enter a name for the resource as you would like it to display in Name schedule columns bar labels and summary graphs It is a good idea to be as specific as possible because no two resources can have the same name For example typing Mike instead of Mike Stuart could lead to trouble if another Mike works on the project Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc
287. r may be different When dragging the middle of a bar not necessarily the start or end points though the bar may jump for the following reasons Work Calendar option Hide Continuous Non Work Shade Other is selected in Format Schedule View dialog Behavior Dragging the middle of the bar causes the entire bar to extend or compress over hidden non work periods Why Periods of time represented in the duration are hidden therefore the part of the bar that is over a non work period is also hidden Work Calendar option Duration Units calculated in a custom Work Calendar instead of a 24 Hour Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 20 20 1 Work Calendars 263 Calendar set in Document Preferences dialog Behavior Dragging the middle of a bar forward to the right causes the end point to jump Dragging the bar backwards to the left causes the start point to jump Why When you drag to the right the Finish is calculated as the Start plus the Duration Because the Duration is in work units the Finish must fall in a valid work period Therefore the end point jumps to the next valid work period When you drag to the left the Start is calculated as the Finish minus the Duration and will therefore jump backwards to the next valid work period See also Defining the Work Calendar Displaying the Work Calendar Calculating Durations in work units Using the work calendar Importing and Exporting Impor
288. r the Per Use Cost value of the resource you are searching Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Filters amp Sorts 2 Notes If you have defined a value list for a column that value list will appear in the Value cell when the column is selected in the Column cell This helps avoid typing errors and insures accuracy Value lists are built in the Value List tab of the Format Column dialog Create a drop down list or pop up value list and use the Build From Data button to enter all the unique column data into the value list You can define multiple criteria in a single filter by entering additional lines in the table Multiple lines must be separated with And or Or in the And Or column on the right of the table And narrows the search as the resource must meet both criteria Or expands the search as the resource can meet either criteria The top to bottom order of filters in the Column Value Criteria tab determines the order filters are performed To group multiple criteria together to change their meaning click the parentheses cells When filtering for a value made up of a certain set of consecutive letters instead of matching the entire value enter the wildcard character which is an asterisk For instance to search a column for the word train as any part of a value enter Train Such a search will find the words retrain and training as well as train Click the buttons to add
289. raph of the Schedule View or in the Calendar View To delete a bar or milestone 1 Select a bar or milestone in the timeline 2 Press the Backspace or Delete key or Control click and select Delete All the Date Time and Duration data for that bar will be deleted as well See also Working with bars and milestones Dragging activity bars and milestones Going to a bar Going to a bar This command scrolls the Schedule View or Resource View to display the bar or bars in a selected row To scroll to see a specific bar 1 Select the row in the Schedule or Resource View containing the bar or bars to which you would like to go 2 From the Edit menu select Go To and choose Bar from the submenu Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 148 9 8 9 9 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Or Use the keyboard shortcut Command D In the Schedule View the first bar in the row will appear on screen If there is more than one bar in a row continue to use the keyboard shortcut and this will bring you to each subsequent bar in the row In the Resource View the first task assigned to a resource will appear on screen If there is more than one task assigned to a resource continue to use the keyboard shortcut and this will bring you to each subsequent task Note In the Schedule View if a bar you go to lies outside of the Timeline Range the Timeline Range will change to include the dates of that bar
290. rces to do lists and deadlines FastTrack Schedule helps you organize track and manage your projects by graphically representing start and finish dates as bars along a timeline graph Within project management this type of schedule is known as a Gantt chart named after its creator Henry Gantt FastTrack Schedule automates the Gantt chart making it a dynamic timeline In addition to extensive graphic capabilities and customizable features it is also a powerful database As you draw resize and move bars along the timeline graph it automatically updates start and finish dates durations dependencies percent complete values and costs To enter an activity you can draw a bar directly on the timeline graph and have FastTrack Schedule enter the duration and dates for you or you can enter the duration or the dates in columns and have FastTrack Schedule draw the bar for you In fact everything you can do to an activity bar can be done with your mouse and the tools in FastTrack ScheduleToolbars or by editing values in columns This flexibility allows you to concentrate on the activities you are scheduling instead of the act of scheduling those activities There are three Views in FastTrack Schedule The Schedule View The Calendar View The Resource View Each view offers a specific set of functionality though all Views are interrelated See also The Tools The Bar Styles The Timeline Range Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc A
291. re Inc All rights reserved The Timeline 6 8 Shifting items in the timeline Shifting items in the timeline In the Schedule View you can shift moves pictures text boxes and legends in the timeline graph forward or backward a chosen number of units To shift pictures text boxes and legends in the Schedule View timeline 1 From the Tools menu select Shift and choose Items The Shift Items dialog opens 2 Select from the options described below Shift Forward Defines in which direction of time the items will be moved Backward Number i Defines the number of units the items will be moved Units Defines the units of time described by the Number box For instance you could move an item Forward four Work Days or Forward four Calendar Days Apply To Defines which items this move affects If an option is grayed out the timeline does not contain any items of this type Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved so FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 6 9 3 Click Shift to shift items and keep the Shift Items dialog open Or Click Done to close the Shift Items dialog without shifting items See also Dragging activity bars and milestones Moving text boxes Moving pictures Formatting datelines Formatting datelines A dateline is a way to graphically highlight in the timeline a date and time key to your schedule You can choose to hide or show datelines in the timeline and you c
292. re hidden rows in Schedule or Resource Views 1 From the Project menu select Restore All Note Restoring does not necessarily return your View to the same appearance it had before you hid rows If you have made changes that affect the order of activities or resources these changes cannot be restored Changes that affect the order of rows include moving inserting deleting cutting and pasting Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 250 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 18 13 rows See also Hiding and showing rows Filtering and sorting Defining sort criteria Defining sort criteria Setting up a sort defines the columns that are used to arrange rows in the Schedule and Resource Views You can define multiple level sorts that arrange rows based on more than one value Sorts created in the Schedule View are not applicable in the Resource View or vice versa The Calendar View does not support sorts as it does not display data in rows To use the Define Sort dialog 1 In the Schedule or Resource View in the Project menu select Sorts and choose Define The Sorts dialog opens 2 In the Sorts dialog click the New button to define a new sort or To change an existing sort select a sort from the Sorts table and click the Edit button 3 Enter or edit the name of the sort in the Sort Name box 4 In the Columns table click the name of the column by which you want to sort 5 Click Show to sen
293. reate as many outline levels as you would like Once outlined activity levels can be collapsed and expanded to show different levels of detail To indent an activity underneath another activity 1 Click on the Activity Name cell of the row you wish to indent 2 In the Outline control on the Format toolbar click the Indent button or 1 Click on the Activity Name cell of the row you wish to indent You can also select the row 2 From the Project menu select Outline and choose Indent from the submenu or 1 Click to place the blinking insertion point before the Activity Name value 2 Press the Tab key on your keyboard To outdent an activity by moving it to the level above 1 Click on the Activity Name cell of the row you wish to outdent 2 In the Outline control on the Format toolbar click the Outdent button or 1 Click on the Activity Name cell of the row you wish to outdent Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved You can also select the row 2 From the Project menu select Outline and choose Outdent from the submenu or 1 Click to place the blinking insertion point before the Activity Name value 2 Press the Backspace key on your keyboard See also Collapsing activities Expanding activities Formatting summary bars Displaying outline levels 7 6 Displaying outline levels Displaying outline levels You can show or hide specific outline levels in the whole schedule at o
294. rent unit of time 1 In the Resource View from the Format menu select View The Format Resource View dialog opens 2 From the Duration Units drop down list select the unit of time 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Resource View dialog Resource allocation is calculated in the units chosen in the drop down list See also Changing the timeline units Using the work calendar Changing schedule duration units Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved The Timeline 6 5 Resizing timeline columns Resizing timeline columns Resizing timeline columns proportionally changes the width of individual columns in the timeline and timescale rows Making the timeline graph narrower will let you see more of the timeline Making the timeline graph wider can make drawing and dragging bars more accurate To change the width of the timeline columns 1 Position the cursor over a vertical gridline in the timescale row that displays the base timeline unit The cursor changes to the Horizontal Resize cursor The timescale row that contains the base timeline unit the smallest timeline unit is the one that defines the size of columns in the timeline graph 2 Drag to the left to make all of the columns narrower or drag to the right to make all of the columns wider Notes If the width of the timeline column is not wide enough to display the entire timescale label the label is partially hidden You w
295. rint Preview window will appear when you print the page or export a picture of the page Pictures legends and text stamps are not supported in the Print Preview window of the Calendar View To open Print Preview 1 On the toolbar click Print Preview To view a different page in the Print Preview window 1 On the Format bar click the Previous Page or Next Page to navigate to the page you would like to view To see the printable area of the page to make sure items are not clipped 1 On the Format bar select the Printable Area option You are in Actual Size when the view of your schedule is 100 If you are zoomed in less than 100 your schedule will automatically resize to the size of the Print Preview window To zoom in and out of the Fit in Window and Actual Size view 1 On the Format bar select Zoom In or Zoom Out Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 17 3 Printing amp Previewing 221 To view a different part of the schedule when in Actual Size view 1 Click and drag the page image to see a different area To close the Print Preview window 1 On the Format bar click Close Or From the View menu select a different View See also Insert page number date time or file name and path Adding titles and pictures to Print Preview Printing a schedule Adding headers and footers Adding headers and footers Each View Schedule Resource and Calendar can have a header and
296. rite is on the critical path of your schedule Because a critical path is defined by the dependency of one task on another only linked bars are Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 30 22 30 23 30 24 30 25 Glossary 375 considered part of a critical path See also Critical path and bar priority Formatting the display of critical path Showing and hiding critical paths Cursor Tracking Area The Cursor Tracking Area displays the time and or date over which the cursor is positioned in the timeline or calendar Use the Tracking tab of the Preferences dialog to customize this option Datelines Datelines Datelines allow you to display the current schedule date and time or custom defined dates and times as a vertical line drawn in the timeline graph The options to show hide change the appearance of and set the schedule date and time are available by choosing the Datelines tab of the Format Schedule View dialog Dependent Activities Dependent Activities Activities which have been linked together When one activity is dependent upon another changes to one activity may affect the other Duration Duration The length of time between a start and a finish In FastTrack Schedule there are durations for Scheduled activity dates times Revised activity dates times Actual activity dates times and for the project itself Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 376 30 2
297. rmation form Overtime rates entered in the Bars gt Assignment tab apply only to the assigned task See also Working with resources Legends Legends Legends are graphic items that describe what the bar styles on the schedule represent They contain an image of a bar style and a label that captures the meaning of a bar style They can be added to the Schedule View or Print Preview windows Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 30 39 30 40 30 41 30 42 30 43 Glossary 379 Link tool ea iml Link Bars tool Lets you draw links between bars to create dependencies Links Links Linking two activity bars creates a dependency whereby if the dates of one activity change all dependent activities dates change accordingly FastTrack Schedule supports FS Finish to Start FF Finish to Finish SF Start to Finish and SS Start to Start links Milestones Milestones A milestone is used to denote a task that occurs in a single moment of time such as a meeting or a deadline These types of tasks have no duration Thus milestones consist of just one point that has a start but not a finish Percent Complete Percent Complete The portion or amount of the activity that has been completed It can drawn with the Complete tool or entered as a data in the Complete column It can display graphically on the bar Percent Usage subrow Percent Usage subrow This subrow displays the percent o
298. rmation form in the Schedule View and the Resource Information form in the Resource View Entering data in an Information form is ideal because no matter which columns you have hidden in the current layout you can enter data for every column in one location Unless you have specifically chosen not to display a column in the Information Form 4 Expand Collapse Shows expand and collapse triangular handles in the Action Column area to the left of the window When a row s outline level is collapsed its triangular handle points to the right Click this handle to expand or roll down its collapsed subactivities or in the Resource View subrows When a row is expanded its Expand Collapse action column contains a triangular handle pointing down Click this handle to collapse or roll up its subactivities or subrows When a row has no activities indented beneath it or no data in its subrows its Expand Collapse action column is empty Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Columns 143 See also Working with columns Showing action columns Using layouts 9 Activity Bars amp Milestones 9 1 Working with activity bars and milestones Working with activity bars and milestones An activity bar is used to denote a task that occurs over a period of time Activity bars consist of three elements Middle Start Point a ee End Point A milestone is used to denote a task that occurs in a single mo
299. rmation may be partially hidden because it no longer fits in the space available Select a smaller font or resize the timescale columns See also Moving summary graph rows Changing the height of summary graph rows Moving summary graph rows Moving summary graph rows Moving summary graph rows within the summary graph area allows you to determine the order of rows Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 23 12 Summary Graphs 309 To move a summary graph row 1 Click to the left of a summary graph s label cell to select that summary graph row Once you have selected a summary graph row the cursor changes to the Move cursor 2 Click and drag the selected summary graph up or down or 1 Click the Layouts button and choose Define from the submenu The Layouts dialog opens 2 Click the Edit button The Define Layout dialog opens 3 In the Summary Graphs tab click and drag on the name of summary graphs in the Shown Rows table to arrange the summary graphs 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Define Layout dialog 5 Click OK to apply the selected layout and close the Layouts dialog See also Showing amp hiding summary graph rows Inserting new summary graph rows Changing the height of summary graph rows Changing the height of summary graph rows Resizing summary graph rows vertically changes the height of rows To change the height of a summary graph row 1 Click to the left
300. s and close the Format Column dialog Notes Clicking the Copy All button copies the outline styles to the Clipboard Clicking the Paste All button pastes the outline style from the Clipboard Collapsed rows do not have to be visible for column font styles to be applied to them You can design outline styles without applying them by clicking the Define Outline Level button without selecting the Use Outline Styles checkbox When you are ready to apply the outline styles you merely select the Use Outline Styles checkbox and the styles you designed previously will be applied See also Working with columns Changing font attributes of column headings Changing the font attributes of cells Showing and hiding column headings Showing and hiding column headings and timescales You can hide and show column headings without affecting the rest of the column To show and hide headings and timescales 1 Click the Layouts button on the toolbar and choose Define from the submenu The Layouts dialog opens 2 Click the Edit button The Define Layout dialog opens 3 In the Columns tab select or clear the check boxes described below Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Columns 137 Column Causes column headings and the top timescale to display in Headings amp the schedule Timescale Top Causes column summaries if any are defined and a bottom Summaries amp timescale to display in the schedule Ti
301. s dialog See also Outlining activities Working with resources Formatting rows in the Schedule View Formatting rows in the Schedule View Formatting rows allows you to set the height background color and pattern and bottom line color and pattern of rows To format rows in the Schedule View 1 Select the row or rows 2 From the Format menu select Row 0 r Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Double click the Row Number action column of the select row or rows The Format Row dialog opens 3 In the Display tab select from the options described below Use Outline Styles Allows you to format the appearance of a row in relation to its outline level Define Outline Click to open the Outline Level Styles dialog in which you can set the background and bottom line colors and patterns for each outline level Expanded Determines at what row height the activity will display when its outline levels are expanded Collapsed Determines at what row height the activity will display when its outline levels are collapsed or hidden eel Sets a background color to display in the row SEN Sets a background pattern to display in the row Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 98 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Display Location Allows the color and pattern you have selected to display on columns only the timeline only the columns and timeline or not at all e
302. s fonts the best match possible See also Opening a schedule Saving a schedule Converting schedules from previous versions Converting schedules built with a previous version Schedules built with FastTrack Schedule version 8 or later can be easily converted to a later version Schedules that were built with versions of FastTrack Schedule earlier than version 8 cannot be directly converted contact AEC Software Technical Support for assistance The list below shows you which versions of FastTrack Schedule will open and convert schedules created in other versions of FastTrack Schedule Schedules created using Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 2 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 6 FastTrack Schedule Mac or Windows version 8 can be opened on both Mac and Windows versions 8 9 and 10 FastTrack Schedule Mac or Windows version 9 can be opened on both Mac and Windows version 9 and 10 FastTrack Schedule Mac or Windows version 10 can be opened on both Mac and Windows version 10 To convert an existing schedule 1 Launch FastTrack Schedule 10 2 In FastTrack Schedule 10 select Open from the File menu 3 Open the file that you wish to convert to Version 10 4 To convert the file to Version 10 select Save As from the File menu and save the file under a new name or in a new location This preserves the original for your archives After a schedule is converted it can no longer b
303. s own set of hours or no hours For example you might want to designate holidays as exceptions Exceptional days are listed in the Exceptions table and can be given a descriptive name You can copy and paste a Work Calendar from another file if you would like to use that Work Calendar s arrangement What would you like to do Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 19 2 Work Calendars 257 2 Define the Work Calendar Display the Work Calendar Calculate durations in work units 2 Drag bars using the Work Calendar Defining the Work Calendar Defining and editing a Work Calendar Defining and editing Work Calendars allows you to determine the hours of the day that are considered work hours for typical and specific days for the project an activity or a resource To define or edit a Work Calendar 1 From the Project menu select Work Calendars The Work Calendars dialog opens 2 Define Work Calendars with the options described below To select a calendar 1 In the Work Calendar dialog use the Calendar drop down list to choose from Standard 8 hour work days Monday Friday 24 Hours 24 hour work days seven days a week Night Shift a 40 hour work week from 11 PM 8 AM and any custom calendars you have created To create a new calendar 1 In the Work Calendar dialog click the New button 2 In the New Work Calendar dialog enter a name for the new calendar and choose a calendar on whi
304. s removes dependencies between activities allowing you to drag the bars without affecting other bars To delete a specific link 1 Click the line that graphically represents the link you want to delete This selects the link 2 Press the Delete key or 1 Double click on one of the bars in the link relationship you wish to delete 2 In the Bars gt Links tab of the Information form delete the ID of the other bar in the link relationship 3 Click OK to delete the link and close the Information form To unlink all dependent activities from a single bar 1 Select the activity bar from which you want all links removed 2 From the Format bar select the Unlink tool or 1 Double click on the bar whose links you wish to delete 2 In the Bars gt Links tab of the Information form delete the ID of every bar in the Predecessors and Successors tables 3 Click OK to delete the links and close the Information form Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 174 11 7 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To unlink all dependent activities from several bars 1 Select multiple bars whose dependencies you wish to delete 2 From the Format bar select the Unlink tool Notes By deselecting Links in the View menu links can be hidden without being deleted When you drag linked bars the constraint type of the link is reset to Start On Or After See also Showing and hiding links Linking activity bars Dragging
305. s will be displayed 5 Use the pop up list to choose the summary bar s bar style 6 You can also from the Additional Summaries options described below Bars By Style Displays in a single row a Summary bar for Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 104 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Milestones 7 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Row dialog each bar style in an activity s outline levels The start of a particular bar style s summary bar is the earliest Start Date and Time of all bars of that bar style The finish of a particular bar style s summary bar is the latest Finish Date and Time of all bars of that bar style The duration of a particular bar style s summary bar is the length of time in the schedule s Duration units between the earliest start and the latest finish of that bar style Displays a summary milestone either in a single style which you can specify or for each style of milestone in an activity s outline levels To assign values to summary bars 1 Select from the Summary Bar Values options Summary Bar value options are not available when formatting columns in the Resource View Note Summary bars can be dragged up and down in the row but not left to right The application automatically calculates their horizontal position Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 7 18 Rows 105 See also Outlining acti
306. s within dialogs e Constrained the size of milestones to non negative numbers e Fixed the Insert Row keyboard shortcut e Fixed error when switching Resource View timeline units to hours e Fixed the updating of Actual Start Dates in the Information form when entering dates in the Schedule View Actual Start Date column e Fixed the Printing Output gt Export Picture FastStep e Fixed incorrect highlighting of current day in ExpressDate e Fixed display of bars in the Bar Styles table after bar styles are copied pasted and deleted e Fixed the display of the currency symbol in the Format Column dialog so that it matches the currency symbol in the Document Preferences dialog e Fixed an error where it was possible to have no bar style selected in the Bar Style table e Fixed an error relating to deleting a Summary Graph via a contextual menu e Fixed an error that limited the number of bar styles e Miscellaneous and minor errata v I Return to Release Notes Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Reference Information 29 6 5 Release Notes Version 10 0 0 Release Notes Version 10 0 0 gt New and Enhanced Features gt I Getting Started dialog with Quick Tips Video Tutorials All new interface with custom format bar Unified simplified menu structure for all three Views Effort Driven Scheduling providing automatic schedule changes as additional resources are assigned All new work calendaring system provi
307. s you wish to select See also Working with columns Changing the font attributes of cells Formatting font styles by outline level Changing the font attributes of cells Changing the font attributes of cells Changing the font attributes of individual cells allows you to customize the appearance of the text in the body of the schedule For instance you can change the font attributes such as font size and color of individual cells ranges of cells or entire columns To change the font attributes of individual cells or ranges of cells 1 To select a single cell hold down the Shift key and click on the cell To select contiguous cells hold down the Shift key click and drag the mouse to select multiple cells To select non contiguous cells hold down the Command key and click on the cells you wish to select 2 Use the the Font controls on the Format bar to change the font size style color justification and line spacing Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 134 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To change the font attributes of an entire column 1 Double click on the column heading of the column you would like to format The Format Column dialog opens 2 Click the Font tab 3 Use the available options to change the font size style color justification and line spacing 4 Select Apply to All Cells in Column and Set as Default to apply the font attributes to every cell in the selected column
308. scrolls the Schedule View or Resource View to display the row whose number you enter This is helpful when viewing files with a large number of rows To scroll the schedule to see a specific row number 1 From the Edit menu select Go To and choose Row from the submenu The Go To Row dialog opens 2 Enter the number of the row you want to view 3 Click OK to display the row and close the Go to Row dialog See also Working with rows Row Number Action Column Columns Working with columns Working with columns FastTrack Schedule stores columns in three distinct ways Columns for the Schedule View are stored either per row or per bar Columns for the Resource View are stored per resource row Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 8 2 Columns 107 Every column in the Schedule View and Resource View is application defined Columns are hidden until you choose to insert them into a layout No column can truly be deleted and the Column Map can help you keep track of which of the hundreds of available columns you have inserted and possibly renamed You change the look of your schedule by showing hiding and arranging columns Groups of selected columns are called layouts What would you like to do 2 Insert a column Understand available Schedule View columns Format the display of column data 2 Change the column name I Change a column s font attributes Change a colum
309. se Go To then select Bars This will take you to the first bar in a selected row See also The Schedule View The Resource View The Calendar View The Tools The Bar Style control The View control Schedule Files Effort Driven and Fixed Duration Scheduling Effort Driven and Fixed Duration Scheduling There are three values considered in the scheduling of an activity 1 the duration of the activity 2 the percentage of resource effort be it human equipment material etc assigned to an activity and 3 the total work which is initially derived by multiplying the Duration by the Percent Effort or can be entered by the user When a task is Effort Driven FastTrack Schedule keeps the total work constant Changes to resource assignments and thus percentage of effort impact the duration of the activity and not the total work Effort Driven scheduling truly begins when you assign additional resources to an activity At the initial creation every activity has some value as its total work Even if you don t explicitly assign a resource at the time of the activity bar s creation a default value of 1 unit of 100 effort is implicit to the task When you do explicitly assign that first resource it simply puts a name to the resource giving that initial default 100 effort When you begin assigning additional resources the bar s Duration is affected as you share the effort while keeping the total work being done on that activity constan
310. seceeseeeeseeeeseeeeeseeeeseeessaeeesaeeseseeensaeseseeeeesneeasaesesaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeseseaeeeneeeseee 364 Release Notes Mersin 10 004 ics cecccsdeiseacetssncsiisciseioaceseocetasveriesssvaneucdenresetesshasetsedesasetssacsiiseisetostsescstseuseheotssaazed 365 Release Notes Version 10 0 0 ccccceeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeneeeaeeesaeeeeseeeaaeeesaeeeeseeeasaesesaaeeeeeeasaeeesaeeeeseeeneneseeeee 367 RE OT 368 Hardware and software re Quire Me nts cecccceccescceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeaeeeeeeeessaeeesaaeeeeeseseaeesaeeseeeeensneeeeeee 368 Glossary 368 Action CAUMAS aa sccienncacdimadnentanntdadtcnstnansinstinsdiantcansuantdestansttdgstnaniantianinendoassiancensteadtnages 368 PCUVITIO ee E EEE T T A E E E TAT 369 e TIET 369 ege TEE 369 ASSIGNING MNS EAT TTT adcveacdavedanesteateiceudddedeteeadescedvocane tesesbeetedeas 370 E TE TEE 370 Boise ieee A E E E EE EE CS 370 Bar Labele idhine asinna aarian anaiai an aariaa ee EES EKEENEKSE sees cies cou suis SSES EEN EEN 370 Bar Styles enee ie cece steet eege ege et ege ege det lees teen Ea EONIA 371 Bar Vta chung Witt Wes geesde cateesset vec ENEE cessed Edel dE ER Seen 371 Bar toala nirna ia age ea aaa dic Aaa Kaaa aa aa a ap dE dE Sege gE See aaaea 371 Calendar Te EA ET TTA TEATE TA T TT 371 The Calendar Vie danien nn aa a dE ed eaten iaaa iea aadi aiaa E 371 Chaiming 2 cceeeceeeeeeeeseseeeeeeseeesnensees aaa EE EE EE E eee aaa 372 Chart eere rrer errare vunn ue EE
311. selected bar s Actual dates to the Revised dates For instance you could have changed the Actual dates of an activity by defining a complete If you wish to return the activity to 0 percent complete Reset Actual does this automatically Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 10 8 Progress Tracking 167 Remember that unless you have explicitly changed them the Revised dates are the same as the Scheduled dates To reset a bar s Actual dates to its Scheduled dates 1 Use the Arrow tool to select the desired bar or bars or Select a bar and from the Edit menu choose Select All 2 From Tools menu select Progress Tracking and choose Reset Actual from the submenu See also Scheduled Revised and Actual dates Resetting revised dates Resetting Revised dates Resetting revised dates Within Scheduled Revised and Actual progress tracking resetting the Revised date sets the selected bar s Revised dates to match the original Scheduled dates For instance you could have changed the Revised dates of an activity slipping it later If those revisions no longer apply you want to return the Revised dates back to their original Scheduled dates Reset Revised does this automatically To reset a bar s Revised dates to its Scheduled dates 1 Use the Arrow tool to select the desired bar or bars or Select a bar and from the Edit menu choose Select All 2 From Tools menu select Progress
312. selected word in the Change To box Add Adds the word in the Not in Dictionary box to the User Dictionary so that it will not be selected as a misspelled word in the future Suggest Lists possible replacements for the word in the Not in Dictionary box Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 Click Close to close the Spelling dialog Notes Opens the Spelling Options dialog which allows you to select whether or not to Add or delete words from the User Dictionary Click a row in the User Dictionary table to add a word Select a word and press the Delete key to delete a word Ignore words in all uppercase lettering Ignore words with unusual capitalization Ignore words with numbers Find two occurrences of the same word in a row Enable the suggestions feature to split words Supply a drop down list of possible replacements for the word in the Not in Dictionary box without requiring you to click the Suggest button Only what is visible is spell checked You can open the Spelling Options dialog anytime by from the Tools menu selecting Spelling and choosing Spelling Options from the submenu Words that are ignored or added to the User Dictionary are saved by the application per user They are applied to all future spell checks in all schedules See also Saving a schedule Defining a FastSteps sequence Copyright 2010 AEC Software
313. seneeseeneeseneenenes 147 GOING Oia Dares e eege deet vind ee eege AE E Zeie de E e 147 Formatting a bar stule 7 secs seciedcnssasseeedeseueescSevecendscovdecosenteee deco sectade SE pitaa inataka 148 Creating a new Bar style cn ccececs scence ge geegekeedee fet vad deed cu de ederset eds sect deed ee ENEE 148 Editing an existing Dar TEE 150 Understanding constraints eg gees cated edetenea saedccabe riaa airada e naaa aiaa Akaari 151 Setting bar constralnts ENEE 153 Creating cUStOM pOint Styles ccc ee cece teen eee e ener eres ee eeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeesseeeeesseeeeeees 154 Working with bar labels eren ERR EEE annann Kik 155 Defining activity bar alignMe nt ccc0tecccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeseenlWneeseeeeeeeseneeeees 156 Progress Tracking 157 Scheduled Revised and Actual dates cccccceccsscceceeceesceseccscceeeeeecceeeeauseeeeeeneeaeenetas 157 Progress tracking examen EE EE EES 158 Defining Scheduled dg oaa aaa oa aaae e e e a eaaa aaaea 160 Defining Revised dat seg vue EE 161 Defining Actual dates and Bercent Complete cccccisececcceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeenenss 162 Displaying Scheduled Rewised Actual bars 0 ccccece cece ENEE EN EEN 164 Resetting Actualidates EE a RRE RE ERR E een ooa 166 Resetting Revised ett ee EE 167 Linking Bars 168 Linking ee enn 52pm hhh EP ee avec cence ccencccececcseeccusecnenteaderecceeteneees 168 Managi
314. ser Manual Outline Outline Lets you create a hierarchy of activities An activity outline consists of higher level activities that contain subactivities within them Out of Range Days Out of Range Days In the Format Calendar View dialog you can choose whether or not to shade Out of Range days You can also format the color and pattern of the shading Overtime What is Overtime Several factors are involved in calculating overtime for an assigned resource Percent Effort When you use Percent Effort values anything over 100 effort is overtime You enter and edit the Percent Effort a resource will expend on a particular task in the Bars gt Assignments tab of the Information form Spot allocation When you change a resource s Time Usage i e Hourly Daily etc by spot allocating the changes are calculated in relation to the units of the Resource View timeline such as you have defined them i e Hours Days etc If the Resource View timeline units are in work time any Time Usage that exceeds the typical work time you have defined for the unit is overtime If the Resource View timeline units are in calendar time any Time Usage that exceeds the absolute time in that unit is overtime usage For example allocating more than 24 hours of usage to a unit of 1 calendar day will result in overtime usage Note You determine a resource s overtime rate if any in the Resource Information form or in the Bars gt Assignment tab of the Info
315. served Columns 121 No Default Removes existing default value options from dialog choices Values but not from existing cells and prevents default values from appearing when you enter data into the column can be a unique ID or serial number or any series of numbers you want You determine this by entering the base or next value as well as the number by which that value will increase in each successively created row Value Cannot be Prevents the assigned default value of a column from being Modified changed or overwritten If you do not select this the column s default values can be modified 4 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Column dialog Notes Changing a default value option only affects entries created after that change Previously entered values are not altered A default value displays only when data is entered into another cell in that row Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 122 8 10 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual See also Working with columns Creating Value lists Defining column summaries Defining column summaries A column summary can display the total average standard deviation minimum maximum and or count of values currently shown in a column s cells To define column summaries for the column 1 Double click the column heading of the column you want to format The Format Column dialog opens 2 Click the Summaries tab
316. ssigned a separate work calendar and every resource has its own work calendar Each of these calendars is edited in the Work Calendar dialog and each of these calendars is completely customizable Work calendars allow you to define typical work days and exceptional days for the project each resource and any activity Work Calendars helps you accurately track the amount of time available for work on activities Once Work Calendars have been defined you can use them in several ways To display the work schedule in the Schedule View timeline by hiding and or shading non work times To help you schedule activities during project work times only To help you note assigned resources non work periods There are three key elements of the Work Calendar the selected Calendar Typical Days and Specific Days This element Selected Determines the calendar you assign to a project activity or Calendar resource and from which you may build a custom calendar Choose from Standard 8 hour work days Monday Friday 24 Hours 24 hour work days seven days a week Night Shift a 40 hour work week from 11 PM 8 AM and any custom calendars you have created Typical Allows you to set up a work schedule in which each day of the Week Day week might have different hours for instance a Monday might differ from other days Exceptions Defines the specific days of the year that deviate from the typical days Each specific day can have it
317. t Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 2 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 3 2 You can also tag an activity as Fixed Duration You do this in the Bars tab of an activity s Information form Activity s designated as Fixed Duration will keep their Duration unchanged unless the activity is Effort Driven in which case when assignments are changed the Fixed Duration nature is overridden in order to keep the activity s total work constant If you de select the Apply Effort Driven Scheduling option in the Bars gt Assignments tab of an activity s Information form the Duration will be kept constant You can determine the default setting for all three activity values in the Project tab of the Document Preferences dialog and you can change scheduling settings to all bars in the General tab of the Document Preferences dialog See also Setting Project options Assigning resources to bars Opening a schedule Opening a schedule You can either open a new schedule or retrieve a schedule that has already been created You can also open a schedule template that allows you to build a schedule that is initially based on an existing schedule You select the schedule to use as a template decide what information you want to keep for the new schedule and then generate the new schedule To open a new schedule 1 From the File menu select New The Getting Started dialog opens 2 Click New Schedule To retrieve
318. t or Click the Edit button to edit the existing layout you select from the Layouts table Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Layouts 189 The Define Layout dialog opens In the Columns tab of the Define Layout dialog Schedule and Resource Views 1 In the Layout Name box enter or edit the layout name 2 From the Available Columns table select a column name 3 Click the Show button to send the column to the Shown Columns table 4 Repeat this process until all the columns you want to include in the layout are in the Shown Columns table or Click the Hide button to remove a column from the Shown Columns table 5 If you wish click and drag on column names in the Shown Columns table to change the order of columns in the layout You can place columns on either side of the timeline graph 6 If you wish click in the Lock column to lock or unlock the column Locking a column prevents it from scrolling out of the window It can be used for setting the left and right scroll boundaries of the schedule 7 Select Column Headings amp Timescale Top to display column headings and the top timescale area 8 Select Column Summaries amp Timescale Bottom to display column summaries and a bottom timescale area 9 Select Mirror Timescale from Top to display a bottom timescale that mirrors the top timescale Column Headings and Timescale Top must be selected if you want to mirror the top timescale To displ
319. t Options described below Displays the Revised component as a bar positioned relative to the Scheduled bar Displays the Revised component as points extending off of the Scheduled points Always Show Revised i Shows the Revised component all of the time Show Revised Only if Different Shows the Revised component only when the bar s Revised than Scheduled dates differ from the Scheduled dates 4 In the Parts tab choose from the formatting options that appear To design the Actual component of a bar 1 From the Type drop down list choose to design a Bar to track start finish and duration or a Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 166 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Milestone to track a single date like a deadline 2 From the Component drop down list select Actual 3 Select from the Component Options described below Show Actual Displays the Actual component as a bar positioned relative as a Bar to the Scheduled bar Show Actual Displays the Actual component as a pattern and color filling as a Fill the Scheduled or Revised bar 4 In the Parts tab choose from the formatting options that appear See also Example of progress tracking Defining Scheduled dates Defining Revised dates Defining Actual dates amp Complete 10 7 Resetting Actual dates Resetting actual dates Within Scheduled Revised and Actual progress tracking resetting the Actual date returns the
320. t a new summary graph row 1 If your schedule does not already contain summary graphs from the Insert menu select Summary Graph A summary graph is created and the Format Summary Graphs dialog opens or 1 Select an existing summary graph row 2 Control click and select Insert The new summary graph will appear below the existing graph you selected You may then move it if you wish To duplicate a summary graph row Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 23 3 Summary Graphs 301 1 Select the summary graph row you wish to duplicate 2 Control click and select Duplicate Notes Holding the Option key and positioning the cursor in the summary graphs area gives you the Insert cursor When you see the Insert cursor click A new summary graph will appear and the Format Summary Graphs dialog will open The inserted summary graph row will default to displaying a total of the Scheduled Duration per week You can change the information in summary graph rows by formatting them You can also create a new summary graph row by clicking the Create New Summary Graph Row button in the Summary Graph tab of the Define Layout dialog See also Formatting summary graph rows Showing amp hiding summary graph rows Moving summary graph rows Deleting summary graph rows Deleting summary graph rows Summary graphs are deleted by choosing Delete from their context menus To delete a summary graph row 1 Selec
321. t automatically produces that view of the Schedule View or Resource View for you See Using Layoutsfor more information See also Working with columns Displaying columns Using Layouts Moving columns Moving columns Changing the position of a column in the Schedule View or Resource View allows you to define the left to right order of the information It also allows you to position columns to the right of the timeline Moving columns can be done graphically or by using the Define Layout dialog To move a column by dragging 1 Click in the column heading to select the column you wish to move Once you have selected a column the cursor changes to the Move cursor 2 Click and drag the column to the left or right until it is correctly positioned If you do not drag the cursor far enough past the destination column the column snaps back to its original position or To move a column to the other side of the timeline by dragging click the desired column heading and drag its outline past the edge of the timeline graph Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 8 6 Columns 117 If you are dragging to the right the right edge of the timeline must be visible If you are dragging to the left the left edge of the timeline must be visible To move columns by modifying the layout 1 Click the Layout button and choose Define from the submenu The Layouts dialog opens 2 Click Edit The Define Layout dialog op
322. t meet the criteria defined in each of those tabs You are applying the filter criteria you laid out in both the Date Time Criteria and Column Value Criteria tabs In Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 238 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Time Criteria Expand All Prior to Filtering Restore All Prior to Filtering Apply All Bars Range After Filtering order to be shown or selected by this filter an activity need only meet the criteria defined in either one of those All subactivities will be displayed before the filter is performed Only visible rows are filtered All rows are restored before the filter is performed Only visible rows are filtered Restoring does not necessarily return your View to the same appearance it had before you hid rows If you have made changes that affect the order of activities or resources these changes cannot be restored Changes that affect the order of rows include moving inserting deleting cutting and pasting rows After the filter is applied your timeline range will begin on the earliest activity Start Date Time and end on the Finish Date Time of the latest scheduled activity Filter A Row When Options Any Bar in that Row Matches In rows with multiple bars if any of a rows bars meets the filter criteria that row will be shown or selected Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Filters amp Sorts F
323. t the back of the back to front order Therefore selecting a bar and bringing it to the front makes its dates appear last in the column To bring an item to the front of the row s order 1 Select the item 2 From the Tools menu select Arrange and choose Bring to Front from the submenu See also Sending items to back Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 320 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 25 3 Sending items to back Sending items to back Sending an item to the back changes the placement of the item in a row s back to front order The items in each row are drawn from back to front This has two consequences Bars text boxes and pictures may obscure each other as in a drawing application Most importantly the back to front order of a row s activity bars determines the order of their dates in date time and duration columns An item s back to front order is based on the first row containing the item s top edge The first set of dates in the column corresponds to the bar that is at the back of the back to front order Therefore selecting a bar and choosing Send to Back makes that bar s dates appear first in the column To send an item to the back of the row s order 1 Select the item 2 From the Tools menu select Arrange and choose Send to Back from the submenu See also Bringing items to front 25 4 Formatting items Formatting items Copyright 2010 AEC Software
324. t the summary graph row you wish to delete 2 Ctri click and select Delete See also Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 302 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Showing amp hiding summary graph rows Inserting new summary graph rows 23 4 Formatting summary graph rows Formatting summary graph rows Opening the Format Summary Graphs dialog allows you to select the units the data summarized the type of summary operation and the display of information for the selected summary graph row To open the Format Summary Graphs dialog 1 Click the summary graph row you want to format to select it 2 From the Format menu select Summary Graph or Double click the summary graph row within the timeline graph See also Inserting new summary graph rows Choosing units for summary graph rows Choosing data to summarize Choosing a summary operation Formatting the display of summary graph rows 23 5 Choosing units for summary graph rows Choosing units for summary graph rows Choosing units for a summary graph row allows you to determine the unit of time days weeks months etc upon which the summary graph row bases its summaries Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 23 6 Summary Graphs 303 To change the units of the summary graph row 1 Double click within the timeline graph of the summary graph row you want to format The Format Summary Graphs dialog opens 2 Use
325. t to Edit drop down list select either the Schedule or Revised Start or End Point In the Shape area click the New button From the Type drop down list select Polygon In the grid click to add dots and create the polygon The last dot will automatically connect to the dot created before it a fk OO N To close the polygon select the Connected checkbox Click the Remove button to remove a selected dot Click the Clear button to remove the polygon and begin again Click the Revert button to return to the original point O ON OD Only use Revert when editing an existing polygon point 10 Click the Split button to insert a point in the middle of a line 11 Click the Weld button to create a middle point in a selected line and delete the start and end point of the line 12 From the drop down list choose a ratio for displaying the polygon in this dialog 13 Click OK to close the Format Point dialog 14 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Bar Style dialog To design a new picture point 1 Copy the picture you would like use as a point to the Clipboard following the same rules as if you were pasting a picture to the schedule Pictures should be no larger then 1024K Open the Format Bar Style dialog for the bar style to which you want to add custom points From the Part to Edit drop down list select either the Schedule or Revised Start or End Point Click the New button From the Type drop
326. tant file can be opened in Safari and Chrome gt Bug Fixes e Fixed failure to launch issue experienced by some users with Safari 5 1 Mac version Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 363 364 zl FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Fixed a Save and Replace MPX XML error Fixed bar stacking in the Calendar view Windows version Fixed Find Replace error when searching for a repeating sequence of characters Windows version Fixed a Save and Replace error when exporting as MPX or Project XML Mac version Miscellaneous and minor errata affecting English and International versions Return to Release Notes 29 6 3 Release Notes Version 10 0 2 Release Notes Version 10 0 2 gt New and Enhanced Features Added an event alert 12 hours before the event start time when tasks are exported to iCal and as an ics file Improved the conversion of FastSteps in files upgraded from FastTrack Schedule 9x to FastTrack Schedule 10 Improved conversion of Filters with Dateline calculations in files upgraded from FastTrack Schedule 9x to FastTrack Schedule 10 Improved importing of Microsoft Project mpp and mpx files by correcting reversed baseline bars making them 1 day tasks MS Project allows baseline start dates to be later than baseline finish dates FastTrack Schedule 10 does not allow this scheduling inaccuracy Improved the importing of Microsoft Project mpp and mpx files where Work is zero in
327. th days from 8 00 to 4 00 Now do the same to the hours of Wednesday the 21st and Thursday the 22nd for the Prototype task bar Ann now works 4 hours on each assignment The end result is that her total Hourly Usage for Wednesday the 21st and Thursday the 22nd is now 8 hours Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Marct Resource Name Tues Woo Thr Fi Ssa Sun a La e a Ia 2 Ann Parker ll 200 150 Percent Work Usage 10 9 Hourly Work Usage e 3 4 16 00h 16 00h 8 00h Research Design Prototype Ann Parker 100 75 50 Percent Work Usage 25 ER 6 Hourly Work Usage 4 2 0 Research Design Prototype See also Working with resources 30 56 Start Start The start of an activity is when it begins You can set the start of an activity s Scheduled Revised and Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 384 30 57 30 58 30 59 30 60 30 61 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Actual components as the start of the schedule itself Summary Bars Summary Bars Display the aggregate start finish and duration information for all of an activity s collapsed subactivities Summary Graphs Summary Graphs Summary graphs summarize the values currently displayed in columns over a particular period of time A summary graph appears as a row under the timeline graph making it easy to match the summar
328. the Complete column using layouts or the Insert Column dialog 2 Enter a number in the Complete column or 1 Click in the Information Form action column select the Bars gt Columns tab and enter a value in the Complete box To define Actual dates by drawing 1 In the Schedule or Calendar Views in the Tools controls select the Percent tool 2 Click anywhere to the right of the start point of the bar to enter the Actual Start Date and Time or Click the end of the bar to enter the Actual Finish Date and Time and Actual Duration To define Actual dates by typing 1 If not already displayed show the Actual columns using layouts or the Insert Column dialog 2 Enter values in the activity s Actual Start Date Actual Start Time Actual Finish Date Actual Finish Time or Actual Duration columns or Click in the Information Form action column select the Bars gt Columns tab and enter values in the Actual Date Time and Duration boxes Notes The display of the Complete and Actual dates is defined by the format of the bar style The Actual dates are always the same as the Revised dates because the Revised dates represent the current projections actual work on a task is done in relation to the currently projected dates and times Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 164 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual If showing Complete on the bar as a fill pattern the fill is drawn in the Revised
329. the Format Column dialog Functions cannot have a space between the function name and the opening parenthesis and must be spelled exactly as they appear in the Functions table You may enter carriage returns in your calculation between elements A calculation can provide a value only for the column for which it is defined See also Overview of using calculations 25 Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 25 1 Working with text boxes pictures and legends Working with text boxes pictures and legends What is a text box A text box is like a post it note you can attach to your schedule You can enter text in the box and then reposition it in the timeline Text boxes can be of any font or style and you can define their backgrounds outline and shadow Text boxes are graphic items like activity bars and pictures which can be aligned to the alignment grid and positioned in relation to other items Adding text boxes to the Schedule View timeline helps to describe and label items in the schedule You can also add them to the Print Preview window of the Schedule and Resource Views as titles and other descriptions that you want to see only on the printed page The Print Preview window is separate from the View it previews and items in this window do not appear in the Schedule View or Resource View unless printed Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Text Boxes Pictures amp Legends 317 Since working w
330. the Summary Units drop down list to select a unit of time 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Summary Graphs dialog Note If you choose a fiscal option as a unit you will need to select when that fiscal period begins from the Starts On drop down list See also Formatting summary graph rows Choosing data to summarize Choosing a summary operation Formatting the display of summary graph rows Choosing data to summarize in summary graphs Choosing data to summarize in summary graph rows Choosing the data to summarize in a summary graph defines what information is summarized per unit of time For example you could choose to summarize the Duration column the Start Date column or both columns To select data to summarize in the summary graph row Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 304 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 1 Double click within the timeline graph of the summary graph row you want to format The Format Summary Graphs dialog opens 2 From the Data to Summarize column in the table select the column to summarize 3 Select whether or not to summarize All Bar Styles 4 If you choose not to summarize all bar styles from the Bar Style to Summarize drop down list select one particular bar style in which to summarize data 5 Choose whether you wish to distribute the custom column data by Schedule Revised or Actual Duration 6 Click OK to close the Format Summary Graphs
331. the Work Calendar Calculate durations in work units Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 388 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 2 Drag bars using the Work Calendar 30 68 Work in Place Work in Place The same as the Actual component of an activity or the Percent Complete Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved tes Index ae complete 162 average 122 defining 162 in progress tracking 158 A Accessing document preferences 60 Action Columns defined 141 Expand A Collapse 376 Row Number 381 showing 140 activity bars 143 aliging to grid 292 bringing to front 319 calculating work units of 261 collapsing 88 103 components of 143 customizing bars 146 customizing point styles 154 defined 143 dragging 144 drawing 144 expanding 89 formatting 146 150 154 292 hiding non work units 257 labels 155 linking 172 milestones 143 moving 144 sending toback 320 shifting in timeline 79 style 103 148 150 typing toenter 145 activity names 85 Activity tab 180 actual dates 162 defining 162 resetting 166 adding Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved assignments 204 barstyles 144 148 columns 113 ExpressDate 31 ExpressTime 32 footers 221 headers 221 legends 335 links 172 pictures 330 point styles 148 154 pointers 327 rows 84 stamps 222 summary graphs 300 text boxes 323 timescale rows 283 WBS 138 AEC support services 353 aligning
332. the size of the row Row determines how much of the text box displays in the schedule Determines the number of pixels that surround the text box Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Alignment Grids 295 Horizontal Positions the text box to the left or right of the alignment grid Enter a positive number to move the text box to the right or a negative number to move the text box to the left Vertical Positions the text box above or below the alignment grid Enter a positive number to move the text box up or a negative number to move the text box down 5 If you want to apply this alignment to all new text boxes click the Set as Default button 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Item dialog See also Defining alignment grids Aligning items to grids Snapping items to grids 22 6 Defining picture alignment Defining picture alignment Defining the alignment of pictures allows you to fine tune their position relative to the alignment grids You can define the alignment of pictures only from the Schedule View To define the alignment of a picture 1 Select the picture for which you would like to define the alignment Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 2 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 2 From the Format menu select Picture The Format Item dialog opens 3 Click the Display tab 4 Select from the options described below Aligns t
333. they appear to the left of the application window Action Columns like all columns cannot be displayed in the Calendar View To show or hide Action Columns Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 8 24 Columns 141 1 From the View menu select Action Columns and select or deselect action columns in the submenu Or 1 Control click in any Action Column header and select or deselect action columns in the context menu See also Working with columns Using action columns Using layouts Using Action Columns Using Action Columns Action Columns simplify operations performed on activities and resource rows There are four types of Action Columns Action Column f Behavior Row Number Row Shows row numbers in the Action Column area to the Select left of the schedule Clicking a row number selects that row To select a block of rows click a row number and holding the mouse button down drag up or down Once selected rows can be moved by dragging them up or down To resize rows click the bottom gridline in a row s Row Number action column and when the vertical resize cursor appears drag up or down Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 142 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual a Page Break Click in a row s Page Break action column to place a page break in the row Rows with page break icons are the last row on the printed page Information Form Opens the Info
334. ting data Importing data You can use data that has been created in another application in FastTrack Schedule Import data from the Clipboard or a file into an open schedule FastTrack Schedule imports and exports ASCII text the standard text format Importing works just as if you were entering the data appending to the first empty row the first value is read into the first column When it encounters a value separator either a tab or comma it moves to the next column and enters that value It continues this way until it sees a row separator hard return and then begins entering values in the next row FastTrack Schedule can also open Microsoft Project MPP files and import and export Microsoft Project XML and MPX files Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 264 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual To import data into the Schedule or Resource Views 1 Store the data you wish to import by saving it as an ASCII text file or by copying it to the Clipboard 2 Position the columns in your layout so that their order will match the imported data 3 For Schedule View imports select the order of bar styles in the Bar Styles list on the Format bar The first set of dates corresponds to the first bar style in the list the second set of dates to the second bar style and so on 4 From the File menu select Import and choose Data from the submenu The Import Data dialog opens 5 Select from the options describ
335. ting the display of bar labels in the Calendar View Labels on bars in the Calendar View are a separate item from the data displayed on bars in the Schedule View and the Resource View s Assignments subrow To format the display of bar labels in the Calendar View 1 In the Calendar View from the Format menu select View The Format Calendar View dialog opens 2 Click the Bar Labels tab 3 Select or clear the check boxes in the Show column to toggle between showing and hiding the corresponding columns data on bars in the calendar Every column available in the Schedule View is available in the table 4 Use the options to set the Background Line Shadow and Corner attributes for calendar bar labels 5 Select or deselect the Wrap Label Text option When this option is deselected all of the label text may not display 6 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Calendar View dialog See also The Calendar View Working in the Calendar View Formatting the Calendar View Formatting the text of bar labels in the Calendar View Formatting the text of bar labels in the Calendar View In the Calendar View bar label text is formatted in the Format Calendar View dialog Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved The Calendar View 199 To format the text of bar labels in the Calendar View 1 In the Calendar View from the Format menu select View The Format Calendar View dialog opens Click the Font tab
336. tiple rows or To select non contiguous rows hold down the Command key and click their Row Number action columns or Select all rows in the schedule by clicking the Row Number action column and from the Edit menu select Select All Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved s FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 7 3 Note You can also select timescale rows summary graphs and the rows of any of the tables in the program using the Shift and Command keys See also Outlining activities Inserting rows Inserting rows Inserting rows Inserting a row adds a new row or series of rows between existing rows To insert new rows in the Schedule View or Resource View 1 Select the rows above which you would like new blank rows to appear If you want to insert three new rows select three existing rows The new rows will appear above the topmost of the selected rows 2 Control click the Row Number action column and select Insert from the shortcut menu or 1 Select the rows above which you want the new rows to appear 2 From the Insert menu select Row Notes You can also insert a series of non contiguous rows by holding down the Command key and clicking the Row Number action columns of the rows above which you would like a new row to appear Inserted rows will default to the outline level of the row above which they were inserted Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved
337. tly or indirectly by this document Prepared August 2011 in Dulles Virginia USA Publisher AEC Software Inc Managing Editor Carol S Williamson Technical Editor Kalvin K Saccal Art Designer The Bigger Design Special thanks to All the people who contributed to this document to all current and previous AEC Software family members who inspire and create great products and to all partners and associates of AEC Software A FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Table of Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 1 Chapter 3 O AN Oo PF WYN a ik eek Sek vie ek te Ee ge e oN o a P WN O 19 Chapter 4 1 What is FastTrack Schedule 15 The FastTrack Schedule Environment 16 NIEWEN Eege SE sean eee eee A Ee eeh Reeg E eeh Ee E T 16 The Schedule Mie e oases eege riara aidie a ia deed ced eva cee EENS OUER ecuador akai aieia d iaaa 16 LUCA hcl E TEE 16 NE eLo a AATE ee AT E E E E eek EE ee ee 17 PACHOD ee In EE e 18 PAGLIOM COMI EE ER 18 TOOIDARS EE 19 RN TOGIS Co pt a ol MOREE ceed sies son edeeisd eee isheecens A A E E E ieee acter 19 The Bar Styles Control cccccsccsssivenscvsercecssscvccsccostevcansnvausersonsevesnrnccsvcosceveouctwenssvverssvssnvusceccossersonctvensersensevetnvescecdesss 21 The Views buttons Seen The Timeline Range Schedule Files Effort Driven and Fixed Duration Scheduling AAR 23 Opening a schedule keen eeeeeeeneeeeseeneeeessenes 24 Saving a schedule eene vunn EES
338. to enter and edit resource information Though you can enter data directly into the columns of the Resource View you may not want to display every column The Resource Information form gives you immediate access to every resource column hidden or shown Using the Information tab of the Resource Information form The table below is a breakdown of the options in the Information tab of the Resource Information form Resource Enter a name for the resource as you would like it to display in Name schedule columns bar labels and summary graphs It is a good idea to be as specific as possible because no two resources can have the same name For example typing Mike instead of Mike Stuart could lead to trouble if another Mike works on the project Per Use Cost Enter a dollar amount that is charged every time this resource is assigned to a task Think of this as a flat fee paid to use this resource If this resource is assigned to several tasks in the project the dollar amount you enter here will be factored into the Total Cost of each task Standard Enter a dollar amount that is calculated per hour day week Rate month quarter or year in relation to the task s duration The default rate is per hour Overtime Enter a dollar amount that is calculated per hour day week Rate month quarter or year when the resource works overtime Entering a 0 means the resource will receive NO overtime pay leaving this blank means the resource
339. tone that represents the task to which you want to assign a resource The Information form opens in the Tracking tab 2 Click the Assignments tab 3 Use the options described below to assign resources to an activity s bar With this option Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Resources and Assignments 205 SE Effort Determine whether or not assigning a resource will set the Driven to be effort driven or to have a fixed duration Clear Click to clear every assignment in the table Assignments Assignments table Click the icon to open the Resource Information form for the resource selected in the Resource Name drop down list Resource Name Select a resource from a drop down list containing every defined resource that is not already assigned to this task Or select Create New Resource to define a new resource you T7 to KE to the bar Work Units Edit the number of work units for the activity to which you are D N an assignment Effort Enter or edit the percentage of the resource s time you want ia to the d ee ic task Contour GG Rer Determine the manner in which this resource s effort will be applied Per Use Cost Enter or edit the dollar amount that will be charged every time this resource is assigned to this particular task This is a flat fee paid to use this resource If this resource is assigned to several tasks in the project it can have different Per Use Costs in every assig
340. tored Changes that affect the order of rows include moving inserting deleting cutting and pasting rows See also Restoring hidden rows Filtering and sorting Showing and hiding resource subrows Showing and hiding resource subrows In the Resource View you can show and hide resource subrows in the Define Layouts dialog To show and hide resource subrows 1 In the Resource View from the Project menu select Layouts and choose Define from the submenu The Layouts dialog opens 2 To design a new layout click the New button or To edit an existing layout select the layout from the Layouts table and click the Edit button The Define Layout dialog opens 3 Click the Resource Subrows tab 4 Select a row from the Available Rows table and click the Show button to send it to the Shown Rows Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved o FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 7 13 table Rows in the Shown Rows table are displayed in the Resource View or Select a row from the Shown Rows table and click the Hide button to send it to the Available Rows table Rows in the Available Rows table are not displayed in the Resource View or Click Hide All to send all the rows in the Shown Rows table to the Available Rows table All subrows will be hidden in the Resource View 5 Click OK to save your layout and close the Define Layout dialog 6 Click OK to apply the selected layout and close the Layout
341. tton to copy the complete set of outlines style to the Clipboard To apply outline styles from the Clipboard click the Paste All button See also Formatting summary bars Formatting rows 7 15 Changing the font attributes of rows Changing the font attributes of rows Changing the font attributes of individual rows allows you to customize the appearance of the text in the body of the schedule For instance you can change the font attributes such as font size and color of individual rows or groups of rows To change the font attributes of an individual row or a group of rows 1 To select a single row click in the Row Number action column of the row you wish to select To select contiguous rows hold down the Shift key click in the Row Number action column and drag the mouse to select multiple rows To select non contiguous rows hold down the Command key and click in the Row Number action column of the rows you wish to select 2 Use the Font controls on the Format bar to change the font size style color justification and line spacing or 1 Select the rows you would like to change 2 From the Format menu select Font or Control click in the Row Number action column of a selected row and choose Font from the context Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 100 7 16 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual menu 3 In the Font dialog select the font attributes 4 Click OK to apply your
342. uled Show Date Time and or Duration data for the bar s a To element Revised Boxes Show Date Time and or Duration data for the bar s revised element Actual Boxes Show Date Time and or Duration data for the bar s actual element Actual data reflects the complete Complete Shows how much of the task represented by the particular bar has been completed The complete affects the Actual Dates and Times Priority Indicates the bar s assigned priority constraints Constraint Enter or edit the date for all Moderate and Hard Constraint GE ef e es Constraint Enter or edit the time for all Moderate and Hard Constraint T T mg Constraint Choose the Constraint that best suits the behavior you EH T gt like the kw bar to exhibit Calendars ch Calendar Choose what if any work calendar you want to apply to T activity Create a new calendar to apply to the activity and choose the existing calendar off of which you would like the new Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 184 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual ee one to be based Edit Opens the Work Calendar dialog so that you can edit the calendar you selected to assign to this activity Ignore When no calendar has been selected you can choose for Resource the activity to ignore the calendars of any resources Calendars assigned to it 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Information form Note The current durat
343. vities Collapsing activities Formatting rows AutoFitting row height AutoFitting row height AutoFitting row height automatically resizes the height of activity or resource rows to fit the text and items bars pictures text boxes in each row s cells This can be done automatically as you type or you can apply it afterwards To adjust a rows height as you enter new text 1 In the Schedule View from the Tools menu select AutoFit Options The AutoFit Options dialog opens 2 Select the Allow Row Height to Grow and Allow Row Height to Shrink checkboxes to set rows to grow or shrink as text is entered and edited You can also set minimum Row Height Options and AutoFit Considerations from the AutoFit Options dialog 3 Click OK to apply your changes and close the AutoFit Options dialog To resize rows to best fit the amount of text in each row 1 Make sure no rows or column headings are selected by clicking in the timeline 2 From the Tools menu select AutoFit and choose View This resizes all rows to heights based on the height of text in each row s cells Note Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 106 7 19 8 1 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual The AutoFit Selected command changes with your selection For instance select a row to autofit a row height and a column heading to autofit a column width See also Resizing rows Going to row number Going to row number This command
344. w keys beside the Bar display window to navigate to other bars in the row Does not appear in the dialog if there is i one activity bar or milestone in the row Bar window Displays the bar whose data is currently being shown in BE EH Bars tab Bar Style Allows you to change the current bar style by selecting a e one from the list Duration Geesse Change the duration of the activity bar Fixed Duration Determine whether or not the activity bar or milestone will have a fixed duration The Bars tab of the Information form has four additional tabs Tracking Columns Links and Assignments What would you like to do I Enter and edit data in the Bars gt Tracking tab I Enter and edit data in the Bars gt Columns tab I Enter and edit data in the Bars gt Links tab I Enter and edit data in the Bars gt Assignments tab 12 4 The Bars gt Tracking tab of the Information form Entering and editing data in the Bars gt Tracking tab of the Information Form In the Bars gt Tracking tab you have access to data that pertains to the movement of a bar within a particular activity To enter data in the Bars gt Tracking tab of the Information form 1 Double click on an activity bar The Information form for that bar opens in the Bars gt Tracking tab 2 Enter or edit data using the options described below Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved Information Forms 183 Thisop on poesthis o tracking p O Sched
345. w the labels may be partially hidden because they no longer fit in the space available Select a smaller font or resize the timescale and timescale columns See also Changing the font attributes of column headings Changing the font attributes of cells Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 21 8 21 9 Timescales 287 Moving timescale rows Moving timescale rows Moving timescale rows within a timescale area allows you to arrange the top to bottom order within a timescale area To move a timescale row 1 Click the desired timescale row to select it Once you have selected a timescale row the cursor changes to the Move cursor 2 Click and drag the timescale row up or down Note You cannot move timescale rows from the top timescale area to the bottom timescale area or vice versa See also Inserting new timescale rows Changing the height of timescale rows Changing the height of timescale rows Resizing timescale rows vertically changes the height of the timescale row To change the height of a timescale row 1 Position the cursor over the bottom gridline or top gridline if in the bottom timescale area of the timescale row you are resizing 2 Click and drag up or down to change the height of the row See also Changing the width of timescale amp timeline columns Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 288 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual 21 10 Ch
346. w is selected a drag icon appears in the right hand side column This is the drag handle for this row Click and drag to move the row up or down in the Value List table 5 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Format Column dialog See also Working with columns Using value lists Using the pop up calendar Using the pop up clock Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 128 8 12 8 13 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual Using value lists Using value lists Using value lists makes data entry faster and more accurate In order for the value list to appear you need to have defined a value list for the column You do this in the Value List tab of the Format Column dialog To enter a value using a value list 1 Click and hold the mouse in a cell or move into a cell of the value list column 2 lf using a custom list use your mouse to select a value from the list or enter the first letter of the desired value to select it and then press the Enter key Note If you have defined a value list for a column that value list will appear in the Value cells in the Information form Resource Information form and Column Value Criteria tab of the Define Filter dialog See also Working with columns Defining value lists for a column Entering and editing hyperlinks Entering and editing hyperlinks When you insert a column of the type Hyperlink you will create hyperlinks or shortcuts to opening fi
347. wn list select the bar with the desired style 3 Position the cursor in the timeline or calendar where you want the bar to begin 4 Clicking and holding the mouse button down drag to the right and release your mouse This draws a bar and generates the activity s start finish and duration Values appear in the Start Date and Time Finish Date and Time and Duration columns To draw a milestone a single point such as a deadline 1 In the Tools controls select the Bar tool 2 From the Bar Styles drop down list select a bar style that contains a single point such as a single diamond shape 3 Position the cursor in the timeline or calendar where you want the milestone to appear 4 Click once to draw the milestone This enters the Start Date and Time for the activity Values appear in the Start Date and Time columns Note Bars drawn with the Bar tool have a default Constraint type of Start On Or After Creating a bar by entering dates times and durations gives the resulting bar a default Constraint type of As Soon As Possible See also Working with bars and milestones Typing dates to draw bars Dragging activity bars and milestones Dragging activity bars and milestones Moving activity bars changes their start finish and or duration When you drag a bar in the timeline or calendar FastTrack Schedule calculates its new position in the timeline or calendar and converts it to a date and time that is then displayed
348. xporting Data as MindManager Eiles SEENEN ENEE ENEE ENEE EEN 349 Reference Information 349 Keyboard Shortcutsiitteee 0crc ccsestemeeeetee ee cesses EE 349 Additional Help Reftces eege EES EENS 353 AEC Software support services EE anneer aneneen rnanan eae EECH 353 Online Help Eesen ss0tteenennMMMMM ites rs E EE Function Reference agit e E reese ccescrcseecccecseseseeceeeseoessso0s essentials reese Function Re fe ree see EES Num ber FunctgnS s sroereoreoe oe eeaeee eeaeee e EE aeneae raaire Text Functtone eseu ee Eesen Statistical Functions Logical Functopsff E x cnanustetttcrevsrtevcncecvvccrrseccrsarcecocecsancessnccsentersacnesenesvessecvacsusacervsonessenesaiines sori Date and Time tee 359 Operator Reference EE ees ees dee 361 Operator Reference wegen 361 Comparison Uperatorzs EE eeeeeeeeeeg eessen EES 361 Com paris on Qperators Ngiiperrtscsscsscreseaccsssssessoscssocesesseenecressarssonseensersescestennsenencescacsesnseesensess s1 2 N 361 Release Notes TEEN EE EE 363 ITT EE E 363 Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 12 13 Contents 13 Chapter 30 O AN Oo FP WYN a U G O Gi MM MM MM MM NM N FSF a a ch a a BH U N a O O OO d Oat Go M O OO DAN OO a FPF Ga M CO Release Note SMe rst H i ccccesscscctvcsdeiesaeeiesexsevecsssesedtasesesvstesagesesoisevavecessesteivensetdsazeivsusdvesdsceneetcstevacetseedees 363 Release Notes Version 10 0 2 ccccccccee
349. y data to the corresponding time period Six types of summary graphs can be created Total Average Standard Deviation Minimum Maximum and Count as well as cumulative totals and counts There are three types of graphs numeric line graph and histogram These can be displayed in hundreds of different styles Text Boxes Text Boxes Text boxes are graphic items that contain small chunks of text They can be added to the Schedule View or Print Preview windows You can use text boxes to describe items in your schedule to present notes that stand out or to create headers and footers for your schedule Text T Text tool Draws and edits text boxes for use as labels and titles Timeline Graph Timeline Graph In the Schedule View the timeline or timeline graph is the actual grid of horizontal and vertical lines on which activity bars sit In the Resource View the timeline is the actual grid of horizontal and vertical lines on which assigned activity bars and resource graphs sit The timeline can represent any range of time you determine in units of hours days weeks months quarters and years Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 30 62 30 63 30 64 30 65 Glossary 385 Timeline Units Timeline Units Units of time displayed in the schedule For instance a schedule with timeline units of weeks has one timeline graph column for each week in the timeline graph The base timescale row is the ti
350. you have included column names in the export It is flagged lt th gt table header When not selected the first line of export data is flagged lt td gt first row Draws a line between the text in the Page Header area and the beginning of the table It is flagged lt hr gt horizontal rule Draws a line between the end of the table and the text in the Page Footer area It is flagged lt hr gt horizontal rule 7 Click OK to apply your changes and close the Export Data dialog Note This creates a text file that is interpretable as HTML code It produces a textured table from the export data that can be made accessible to Internet browsers Copyright 2010 AEC Software Inc All rights reserved 276 FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual See also Exporting data Importing data 20 5 Exporting data as a Microsoft Project XML file Exporting data as a Microsoft Project XML file You can export your FastTrack file data into Microsoft Project 2003 or later in the XML format To export a FastTrack Schedule file as a Microsoft Project XML file 1 From the File menu select Export and choose Data as Microsoft Project XML from the submenu The Save As dialog opens 2 Enter or edit the file name navigate to the location to which you want the XML file saved and click Save 3 Open the newly created XML file in Microsoft Project Note You can also import Microsoft Project XML and MPX files and open Mi

FastTrack Schedule 10 User Manual for Mac

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents